Difference between revisions of "Module:Citation/CS1"

From Sim Football Wiki
Jump to navigation Jump to search
m (1 revision imported)
 
m (1 revision imported)
 
(7 intermediate revisions by 2 users not shown)
Line 1: Line 1:
 
+
require ('Module:No globals');
local cs1 ={};
 
  
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]
 
  
local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
+
each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit
date_name_xlate
 
  
local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
+
]]
add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, is_wikilink, make_wikilink;
 
 
 
local z ={}; -- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 
  
local extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels, build_id_list, is_embargoed; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
+
local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
  
local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
+
local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 +
local z ={}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
  
 +
local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
 +
local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
 
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
 
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
 
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
 
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
  
  
--[[--------------------------< P A G E  S C O P E  V A R I A B L E S >--------------------------------------
+
--[[------------------< P A G E  S C O P E  V A R I A B L E S >---------------
  
delare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; thatare created here
+
declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from
and used here
+
other modules; that are created here and used here
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local added_deprecated_cat; -- boolean flag so that the category is added only once
+
local added_deprecated_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
+
local added_vanc_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
local added_vanc_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
+
local added_generic_name_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one generic name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered
 
 
 
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table
 
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table
 +
local is_preview_mode; -- true when article is in preview mode; false when using 'Preview page with this template' (previewing the module)
 +
local is_sandbox; -- true when using sandbox modules to render citation
  
  
Line 49: Line 47:
 
local i = 1;
 
local i = 1;
 
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
 
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
if is_set( list[i] ) then
+
if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then
 
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
 
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
 
end
 
end
 
i = i + 1; -- point to next
 
i = i + 1; -- point to next
end
 
end
 
 
 
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------
 
 
Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
 
 
foreign_lang_source and foreign_lang_source_2 keys have a language code appended to them so that multiple languages
 
may be categorized but multiples of the same language are not categorized.
 
 
added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above
 
 
]]
 
 
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
 
if not added_prop_cats [key] then
 
added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
 
key = key:gsub ('(foreign_lang_source_?2?)%a%a%a?', '%1'); -- strip lang code from keyname
 
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Line 82: Line 60:
 
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
 
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
  
added_vanc_errs is a boolean declared in page scope variables above
+
added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function add_vanc_error (source)
+
local function add_vanc_error (source, position)
if not added_vanc_errs then
+
if added_vanc_errs then return end
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {source}, true ) } );
+
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
end
+
utilities.set_message ('err_vancouver', {source, position});
 
end
 
end
  
Line 96: Line 74:
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
  
does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
+
does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
 
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
 
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
 
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
 
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
Line 119: Line 97:
 
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
 
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
 
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
 
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db
+
list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db
  
rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
+
RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
 
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.
 
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.
  
 
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
 
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
  
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld.  tld
+
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD.  tld
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped
+
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
+
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
  
 
There are several tests:
 
There are several tests:
 
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
 
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
+
internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org and .cash TLDs
+
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs
 
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
 
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
 
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
 
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
Line 141: Line 119:
 
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed
 
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed
  
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false
+
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false
  
 
]=]
 
]=]
Line 152: Line 130:
 
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
 
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
 
 
if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
+
if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
 
return false;
 
return false;
 
end
 
end
-- Do most common case first
+
 
if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
+
if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.cash$') then -- one character/digit .cash hostname
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character/digit .org hostname
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars)
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address
 
return true;
 
else
 
 
return false;
 
return false;
 
end
 
end
end
 
  
 +
local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs
 +
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
 +
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
 +
'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
 +
'%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
 +
'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars)
 +
'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD
 +
'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address
 +
}
  
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
+
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list
 +
if domain:match (pattern) then
 +
return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
for _, d in ipairs ({'cash', 'company', 'today', 'org'}) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains
 +
if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then
 +
return true
 +
end
 +
end
 +
return false; -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is
 +
end
 +
 
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
  
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false.
+
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false.
  
 
This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
 
This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
Line 191: Line 174:
  
 
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
 
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
+
if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
 
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
 
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
 
else
 
else
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative
+
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Line 201: Line 184:
 
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
  
Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
+
Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
  
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).
+
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).
  
If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
+
If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
  
When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
+
When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
 
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
 
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
 +
 +
Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//).  TODO: are there other common schemes
 +
like news: that don't use authority indicator?
  
 
Strip off any port and path;
 
Strip off any port and path;
Line 219: Line 205:
 
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
 
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
  
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url
+
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL
 
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
 
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
 
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
 
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
 
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
 
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
+
if utilities.is_set (authority) then
if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
+
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
+
if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
 +
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
 +
end
 +
else
 +
if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test?
 +
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
 
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
Line 236: Line 228:
 
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
  
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls
+
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs
  
Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
+
Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
 
# < > [ ] | { } _
 
# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links
+
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links
  
 
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
 
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
  
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the
+
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).
+
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).
  
 
]]
 
]]
Line 255: Line 247:
 
end
 
end
  
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;  
+
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;  
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url
+
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL
 
end
 
end
  
Line 264: Line 256:
 
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.
 
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.
  
|<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
+
|<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
 
that condition exists
 
that condition exists
 +
 +
check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix.  prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
 +
code and must begin with a colon.
  
 
]]
 
]]
Line 271: Line 266:
 
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
 
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
 
local orig;
 
local orig;
 
+
if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
 
 
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
 
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
 
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
 
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
 
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
 
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
 
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
 
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
 +
elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki
 +
local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix
 +
 +
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon
 +
orig = lorig; -- flag as error
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
if is_set (orig) then
+
if utilities.is_set (orig) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
+
link = ''; -- unset
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', orig); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
return link; -- link if ok, empty string else
 
end
 
end
  
Line 290: Line 293:
 
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
 
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
  
First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the url into scheme and domain
+
First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the URL into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
+
portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the url.  If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
+
portions of the URL.  If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
  
Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
+
Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
 
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
 
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
 
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4
 
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4
Line 301: Line 304:
  
 
local function check_url( url_str )
 
local function check_url( url_str )
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url
+
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL
 
return false;
 
return false;
 
end
 
end
 
local scheme, domain;
 
local scheme, domain;
  
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
+
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
 
 
 
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
 
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
Line 312: Line 315:
 
end
 
end
 
 
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
+
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
 
end
 
end
  
Line 319: Line 322:
  
 
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
 
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url.  The test will also find external wikilinks
+
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL.  The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls.
+
that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs.
  
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls.  The tests that
+
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs.  The tests that
find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
+
find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
 
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
 
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
 
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].
 
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].
Line 332: Line 335:
 
local scheme, domain;
 
local scheme, domain;
  
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
+
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
+
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
+
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
+
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
 
else
 
else
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url
+
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL
 
end
 
end
  
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
+
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
 
end
 
end
  
Line 354: Line 357:
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function check_for_url (parameter_list)
+
local function check_for_url (parameter_list, error_list)
local error_message = '';
 
 
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
 
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message
+
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message
if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
+
table.insert (error_list, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k));
error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator
 
end
 
error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter
 
 
end
 
end
end
 
if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Line 378: Line 374:
 
local function safe_for_url( str )
 
local function safe_for_url( str )
 
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
 
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
+
utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url', {});
 
end
 
end
 
 
Line 394: Line 390:
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function external_link( URL, label, source, access)
+
local function external_link (URL, label, source, access)
local error_str = "";
+
local err_msg = '';
 
local domain;
 
local domain;
 
local path;
 
local path;
 
local base_url;
 
local base_url;
+
 
if not is_set( label ) then
+
if not utilities.is_set (label) then
 
label = URL;
 
label = URL;
if is_set( source ) then
+
if utilities.is_set (source) then
error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
+
utilities.set_message ('err_bare_url_missing_title', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});
 
else
 
else
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
+
error (cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"]);
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
if not check_url( URL ) then
+
if not check_url (URL) then
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
+
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});
 
end
 
end
 
 
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the url into scheme plus domain and path
+
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path
 
if path then -- if there is a path portion
 
if path then -- if there is a path portion
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values
+
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values
URL=domain..path; -- and reassemble
+
URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble
 
end
 
end
 
if is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
 
label = safe_for_url (label); -- replace square brackets and newlines
 
  
base_url = table.concat ( -- assemble external link with access signal
+
base_url = table.concat ({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL
{
+
 
'<span class="plainlinks">[', -- opening css and url markup
+
if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
URL, -- the url
+
base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon
' ', -- the required space
 
label,
 
'<span style="padding-left:0.15em">', -- signal spacing css
 
cfg.presentation[access], -- the appropriate icon
 
'</span>', -- close signal spacing span
 
']</span>' -- close url markup and plain links span
 
});
 
else
 
base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]" }); -- no signal markup
 
 
end
 
end
+
 
return table.concat({ base_url, error_str });
+
return base_url;
 
end
 
end
  
Line 446: Line 430:
 
parameters in the citation.
 
parameters in the citation.
  
added_deprecated_cat is a boolean declared in page scope variables above
+
added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above
  
 
]]
 
]]
Line 453: Line 437:
 
if not added_deprecated_cat then
 
if not added_deprecated_cat then
 
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
 
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
+
utilities.set_message ('err_deprecated_params', {name}); -- add error message
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Line 460: Line 444:
 
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
 
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
  
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote
+
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote
 
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
 
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
  
Line 466: Line 450:
 
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
 
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
 
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
 
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.
+
Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned.
  
Replaces unicode quotemarks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
+
Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
 
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.
 
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.
  
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.
+
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles.
  
 
]=]
 
]=]
  
 
local function kern_quotes (str)
 
local function kern_quotes (str)
local cap='';
+
local cap = '';
local cap2='';
 
 
local wl_type, label, link;
 
local wl_type, label, link;
  
wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
+
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
 
 
 
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
 
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
 
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
 
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str);
+
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str);
 +
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str);
 
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
 
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str);
+
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str);
 
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
 
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str);
+
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str);
 
end
 
end
  
 
else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
 
else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
+
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)
+
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)
  
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
+
cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'][^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if is_set (cap) then
+
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
+
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], cap);
 
end
 
end
 
 
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
+
cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'][\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if is_set (cap) then
+
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
+
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], cap);
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
if 2 == wl_type then
 
if 2 == wl_type then
str = make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
+
str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
 
else
 
else
 
str = label;
 
str = label;
Line 517: Line 501:
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
  
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
+
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
 
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
 
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
 
in italic markup.
 
in italic markup.
  
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.
+
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right.
  
|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
+
|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon:
 
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
 
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
 
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
 
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
Line 531: Line 515:
 
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
 
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
  
The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
+
The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
 
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
 
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
 
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.
 
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.
  
Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter=
+
Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>=
  
TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
 
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function format_script_value (script_value)
+
local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param)
 
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
 
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
 
local name;
 
local name;
if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
+
if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
+
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
if not is_set (lang) then
+
if not utilities.is_set (lang) then
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing title part'}); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message
 
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
 
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
 
end
 
end
 
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
 
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
+
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
+
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
+
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
 
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
 
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
if in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
+
if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
+
utilities.add_prop_cat ('script', {name, lang})
 
else
 
else
add_prop_cat ('script')
+
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'unknown language code'}); -- unknown script-language; add error message
 
end
 
end
 
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
 
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
 
else
 
else
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'invalid language code'}); -- invalid language code; add error message
 
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
 
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
 
end
 
end
 +
else
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing prefix'}); -- no language code prefix; add error message
 
end
 
end
script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl
+
script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL
  
 
return script_value;
 
return script_value;
Line 571: Line 558:
 
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
  
Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been  
+
Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
+
value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags.
 +
 
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function script_concatenate (title, script)
+
local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param)
if is_set (script) then
+
if utilities.is_set (script) then
script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
+
script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error
if is_set (script) then
+
if utilities.is_set (script) then
 
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
 
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
 
end
 
end
Line 595: Line 583:
  
 
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
 
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
if not is_set( str ) then
+
if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then
 
return "";
 
return "";
 
end
 
end
Line 601: Line 589:
 
local msg;
 
local msg;
 
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before  
 
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before  
return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text
+
return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text
 
else
 
else
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str );
+
return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str );
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------
+
--[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >-------------------
 +
 
 +
Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link.  Returns the URL and appropriate
 +
label; nil else.
  
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
+
str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link=
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
+
local function wikisource_url_make (str)
local chapter_error = '';
+
local wl_type, D, L;
+
local ws_url, ws_label;
if not is_set (chapter) then
+
local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'});
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
+
 
else
+
wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)
if false == no_quotes then
+
 
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
+
if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
+
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
 +
if utilities.is_set (str) then
 +
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
 +
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
 +
str, -- article title
 +
});
 +
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
 +
end
 +
elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]]
 +
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
 +
if utilities.is_set (str) then
 +
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
 +
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
 +
str, -- article title
 +
});
 +
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
 
end
 
end
end
+
elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]])
 
+
str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
+
if utilities.is_set (str) then
 
+
ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link
if is_set (transchapter) then
+
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
+
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
if is_set (chapter) then
+
str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink
chapter = chapter ..  ' ' .. transchapter;
+
});
else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
 
chapter = transchapter; --  
 
chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
if is_set (chapterurl) then
+
if ws_url then
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
+
ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL
 +
ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker
 
end
 
end
  
return chapter .. chapter_error;
+
return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------
+
--[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >-----------------------
 +
 
 +
Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=,
 +
and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter.
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical)
 +
 
 +
if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then
 +
periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
 +
else
 +
periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style
 +
end
 +
 
 +
periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
  
This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters. The search stops at the
+
if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then
first match.
+
trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical);
 +
if utilities.is_set (periodical) then
 +
periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical;
 +
else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical
 +
periodical = trans_periodical;
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'});
 +
end
 +
end
  
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.
+
return periodical;
 +
end
  
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)
 
and identifies them with a slightly different error message.  See also coins_cleanup().
 
  
Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates.
+
--[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >---------------
  
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker
+
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=,
that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the
+
and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used
parameter value.
+
for error messages).
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
+
local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
+
local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link
local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
+
if ws_url then
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
+
ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' '); -- replace underscore separators with space characters
local i=1;
+
chapter = ws_label;
local stripmarker, apostrophe;
 
 
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
 
if capture == v then -- if same there are no unicode characters
 
return;
 
 
end
 
end
  
while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
+
if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then
local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name
+
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it
+
else
position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
+
if false == no_quotes then
+
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then -- if we found a zero width joiner character
+
chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- its ok if one of the indic scripts
 
position = nil; -- unset position
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
+
end
 +
 
 +
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
 +
 
 +
if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then
 +
chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
 +
elseif ws_url then
 +
chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this?
 +
chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter});
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then
 +
trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter);
 +
if utilities.is_set (chapter) then
 +
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter;
 +
else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter
 +
chapter = trans_chapter;
 +
chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param>
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source});
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
return chapter;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
 
 +
--[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >-------------------
 +
 
 +
This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters.
 +
The search stops at the first match.
 +
 
 +
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource.
 +
 
 +
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers
 +
(gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message.
 +
See also coins_cleanup().
 +
 
 +
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the
 +
Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or,
 +
for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value.
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
 +
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
 +
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
 +
local stripmarker; -- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found
 +
 
 +
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
 +
if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters
 +
return;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
for _, invisible_char in ipairs (cfg.invisible_chars) do
 +
local char_name = invisible_char[1]; -- the character or group name
 +
local pattern = invisible_char[2]; -- the pattern used to find it
 +
position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern); -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
 +
 +
if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character
 +
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts
 +
position = nil; -- unset position
 +
elseif cfg.emoji[mw.ustring.codepoint (v, position+1)] then -- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}?
 +
position = nil; -- unset position
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
if position then
 
if position then
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture then -- nowiki, math stripmarker (not an error condition)
+
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
+
('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
+
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
 +
elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
 
position = nil; -- unset
 
position = nil; -- unset
 
else
 
else
 
local err_msg;
 
local err_msg;
if capture then
+
if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char;
+
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char_name;
 
else
 
else
err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character';
+
err_msg = char_name .. ' ' .. 'character';
 
end
 
end
  
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
+
utilities.set_message ('err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}); -- add error message
 
return; -- and done with this parameter
 
return; -- and done with this parameter
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
i=i+1; -- bump our index
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------------------------------
+
--[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------
  
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that
+
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined
multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
+
in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to
 +
single internal variable.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function argument_wrapper( args )
+
local function argument_wrapper ( args )
 
local origin = {};
 
local origin = {};
 
 
 
return setmetatable({
 
return setmetatable({
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
+
ORIGIN = function ( self, k )
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
+
local dummy = self[k]; -- force the variable to be loaded.
 
return origin[k];
 
return origin[k];
 
end
 
end
Line 735: Line 817:
 
 
 
if type( list ) == 'table' then
 
if type( list ) == 'table' then
v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
+
v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' );
 
if origin[k] == nil then
 
if origin[k] == nil then
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
+
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
 
end
 
end
 
elseif list ~= nil then
 
elseif list ~= nil then
Line 744: Line 826:
 
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
 
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
 
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
 
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
+
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k);
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
-- Empty strings, not nil;
 
-- Empty strings, not nil;
 
if v == nil then
 
if v == nil then
v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
+
v = '';
 
origin[k] = '';
 
origin[k] = '';
 
end
 
end
Line 760: Line 842:
  
  
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------
  
Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.
+
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.
 +
When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span:
 +
<span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
 +
 
 +
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
  
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
 
true - active, supported parameters
 
false - deprecated, supported parameters
 
nil - unsupported parameters
 
 
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function validate( name, cite_class )
+
local function nowrap_date (date)
local name = tostring( name );
+
local cap = '';
local state;
+
local cap2 = '';
 +
 
 +
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
 +
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
 +
 +
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
 +
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
 +
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
 +
end
 
 
if in_array (cite_class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
+
return date;
state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[ name ];
+
end
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
+
 
if false == state then
+
 
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
+
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------
return true;
+
 
end
+
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including
 +
|type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the
 +
special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation
 +
(|type=none).
 +
 
 +
]]
  
if 'arxiv' == cite_class then -- basic parameters unique to these templates
+
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
state = whitelist.arxiv_basic_arguments[name];
+
if utilities.is_set (title_type) then
end
+
if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then
if 'biorxiv' == cite_class then
+
title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
state = whitelist.biorxiv_basic_arguments[name];
 
end
 
if 'citeseerx' == cite_class then
 
state = whitelist.citeseerx_basic_arguments[name];
 
 
end
 
end
 +
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
 +
end
  
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
+
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
if false == state then
 
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
 
return true;
 
end
 
-- limited enumerated parameters list
 
name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#)
 
state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[ name ];
 
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
 
if false == state then
 
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
 
return true;
 
end
 
 
 
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
 
end -- end limited parameter-set templates
 
 
state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed
 
 
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
 
if false == state then
 
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
 
return true;
 
end
 
-- all enumerated parameters allowed
 
name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
 
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
 
 
 
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
 
if false == state then
 
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
 
return true;
 
end
 
 
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >-----------------------------
  
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
+
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
 
 
 
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function nowrap_date (date)
+
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
local cap='';
+
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character'
local cap2='';
+
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions
 +
f.gsub = string.gsub
 +
f.match = string.match
 +
f.sub = string.sub
 +
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
 +
f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub
 +
f.match = mw.ustring.match
 +
f.sub = mw.ustring.sub
 +
end
  
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
+
local str = ''; -- the output string
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
+
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
+
local end_chr = '';
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
+
local trim;
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
+
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
+
if value == nil then value = ''; end
end
+
+
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
return date;
+
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
end
+
elseif value ~= '' then
 
+
if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
 
+
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------
+
else
 
+
comp = value;
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
+
end
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
+
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
 
+
if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
]]
+
--   Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
 
+
--   preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.?
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
+
trim = false;
if is_set(title_type) then
+
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string
if "none" == title_type then
+
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff?
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
+
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
end
+
str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
+
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
 +
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
 +
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
 +
elseif  f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
 +
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
 +
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
 +
trim = true; -- same question
 +
end
 +
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
 +
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
 +
trim = true;
 +
elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link
 +
trim = true;
 +
elseif  f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
 +
trim = true;
 +
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
 +
trim = true;
 +
end
 +
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
 +
if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
 +
str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if trim then
 +
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup
 +
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
 +
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
 +
 +
value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup
 +
else
 +
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
 +
str = str .. value; -- add it to the output string
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 
+
return str;
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >-----------------------------
  
Converts a hyphen to a dash
+
returns true if suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9.
 +
Puncutation not allowed.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
+
local function is_suffix (suffix)
if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
+
if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
return str;
+
return true;
end
+
end
return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
+
return false;
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------
 
 
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
 
  
]]
+
For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin
 +
(read ASCII) characters.  When a name uses characters that contain diacritical
 +
marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin
 +
character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that
 +
name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this
 +
so editors may/must.
  
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
+
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined
--[[
+
in the four Unicode Latin character sets
Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
+
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
+
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as
+
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII. The strings
+
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
+
 
]]
+
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes.
+
(http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
local str = ''; -- the output string
+
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
+
 
local end_chr = '';
+
This original test:
local trim;
+
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za--ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$")
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
+
or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za--ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
if value == nil then value = ''; end
+
was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor
+
gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
+
been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
+
of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor
elseif value ~= '' then
+
to maintain this code.
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
+
 
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
+
\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
else
+
\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
comp = value;
+
\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
end
+
\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
+
 
if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
+
]]
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th
+
 
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
+
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, position)
trim = false;
+
if not suffix then
end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
+
if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
+
first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
+
suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix
str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it
+
end
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
+
end
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
+
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
+
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
+
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position);
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
+
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
 
trim = true; -- same question
 
end
 
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
 
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
 
trim = true;
 
elseif str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link
 
trim = true;
 
elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
 
trim = true;
 
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
 
trim = true;
 
end
 
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
 
if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
 
str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
if trim then
 
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
 
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
 
if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
 
 
value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
 
else
 
value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
return str;
+
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
end
+
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
 +
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char'], position);
 +
return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
 +
end;
 +
return true;
 +
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
  
returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 2–9Puncutation not allowed.
+
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc.   
  
]]
+
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period.
 +
See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
  
local function is_suffix (suffix)
+
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered
if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
+
as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
return true;
+
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format
end
+
because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.
return false;
 
end
 
  
 +
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the
 +
Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
  
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------
+
]]
  
For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
+
local function reduce_to_initials(first, position)
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
+
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
 
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.
 
  
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
+
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
+
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials?
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
+
end
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
 
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
 
  
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
+
if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
+
if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials
 +
if suffix then -- if there is a suffix
 +
if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate?
 +
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
 +
else
 +
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
 +
return first; -- and return first unmolested
 +
end
 +
else
 +
return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word
  
This original test:
+
local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
+
local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials
was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
 
The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary
 
to use an external editor to maintain this code.
 
  
\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
+
names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix
\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
 
\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
 
\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)
 
  
]]
+
while names[i] do -- loop through the table
 
+
if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
+
names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present
local first, suffix = first:match ('(.-),?%s*([%dJS][%drndth]+)%.?$') or first; -- if first has something that looks like a generational suffix, get it
+
if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix
 
+
table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table
if is_set (suffix) then
+
break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
+
end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
add_vanc_error ('suffix');
+
end
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
+
if 3 > i then
 +
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials table
 
end
 
end
 +
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
 
end
 
end
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
+
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
+
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
add_vanc_error ('non-Latin character');
 
return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
 
end;
 
return true;
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >--------------------------
 
 
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc. 
 
  
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
+
Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators)
  
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
+
names in the list will be linked when
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.
+
|<name>-link= has a value
 +
|<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been
 +
rendered previously so should have been linked there
  
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
+
when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function reduce_to_initials(first)
+
local function list_people (control, people, etal)
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");
+
local sep;
 +
local namesep;
 +
local format = control.format;
 +
local maximum = control.maximum;
 +
local name_list = {};
  
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
+
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling?
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just intials?
+
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma
 +
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space
 +
else
 +
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon
 +
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
 +
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names
 +
 +
for i, person in ipairs (people) do
 +
if utilities.is_set (person.last) then
 +
local mask = person.mask;
 +
local one;
 +
local sep_one = sep;
  
if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix
+
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials
+
etal = true;
if suffix then -- if there is a suffix
+
break;
if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate?
+
end
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
+
 +
if mask then
 +
local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else
 +
if n then
 +
one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("&mdash;", n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name
 +
person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil
 
else
 
else
add_vanc_error ('suffix'); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
+
one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator)
return first; -- and return first unmolested
+
sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator
 
end
 
end
 
else
 
else
return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
+
one = person.last; -- get surname
 +
local first = person.first -- get given name
 +
if utilities.is_set (first) then
 +
if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format
 +
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
 +
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first, nil, i) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
 +
first = reduce_to_initials (first, i); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
 +
end
 +
end
 +
one = one .. namesep .. first;
 +
end
 +
end
 +
if utilities.is_set (person.link) then
 +
one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor
 +
end
 +
if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement)
 +
table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names
 +
table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word
+
end
  
 +
local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
 +
if 0 < count then
 +
if 1 < count and not etal then
 +
if 'amp' == format then
 +
name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
 +
elseif 'and' == format then
 +
if 2 == count then
 +
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text
 +
else
 +
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
 +
name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator
 +
end
  
local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
+
local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list
local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials
+
if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
 +
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al.
 +
end
 +
 +
return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only)
 +
end
 +
 
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >-----------------------
 +
 
 +
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise
 +
returns an empty string.
 +
 
 +
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that
 +
order.  year is Year or anchor_year.
  
names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix
+
]]
  
while names[i] do -- loop through the table
+
local function make_citeref_id (namelist, year)
if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
+
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present
+
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix
+
names[i] = v.last
table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table
+
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
+
end
end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
+
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
end
+
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
if 3 > i then
+
if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1)); -- insert the intial at end of initials table
+
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
end
+
else
i = i+1; -- bump the counter
+
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
 
end
 
end
 
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< C I T E _ C L A S S _A T T R I B U T E _M A K E >------------------------------
 +
 
 +
construct <cite> tag class attribute for this citation.
  
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)
+
<cite_class> – config.CitationClass from calling template
 +
<mode> – value from |mode= parameter
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function list_people(control, people, etal)
+
local function cite_class_attribute_make (cite_class, mode)
local sep;
+
local class_t = {};
local namesep;
+
table.insert (class_t, 'citation'); -- required for blue highlight
local format = control.format
+
if 'citation' ~= cite_class then
local maximum = control.maximum
+
table.insert (class_t, cite_class); -- identify this template for user css
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
+
table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs1'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
local text = {}
 
 
 
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
 
sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
 
namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space
 
 
else
 
else
sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
+
table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs2'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
+
end
 +
for _, prop_key in ipairs (z.prop_keys_t) do
 +
table.insert (class_t, prop_key); -- identify various properties for user css or javascript
 
end
 
end
+
 
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
+
return table.concat (class_t, ' '); -- make a big string and done
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
+
end
+
 
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
+
 
if is_set(person.last) then
+
--[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >--------------------------
local mask = person.mask
+
 
local one
+
Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on
local sep_one = sep;
+
the theme of et al.  If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
+
the function returns the modified name and the flag.
etal = true;
+
 
break;
+
This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
+
it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated
local n = tonumber(mask)
+
|display-<names>=etal parameter
if (n ~= nil) then
+
 
one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
+
]]
else
+
 
one = mask;
+
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param)
sep_one = " ";
+
 
end
+
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
else
+
local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration
one = person.last
+
local first = person.first
+
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns
if is_set(first) then
+
if name:match (pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name
if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format
+
name = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- remove the offending text
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
+
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal)
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
+
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
+
utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param}); -- and set an error if not added
end
 
end
 
one = one .. namesep .. first;
 
end
 
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
 
one = make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
table.insert( text, one )
 
table.insert( text, sep_one )
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
+
return name, etal;
if count > 0 then
 
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
 
text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
 
end
 
text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator
 
end
 
 
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
 
if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
 
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
 
end
 
 
return result, count
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------
+
--[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >----------------------
  
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a dateOtherwise returns an empty string.
+
Add maint cat when name parameter value does not contain lettersDoes not catch
 +
mixed alphanumeric names so |last=A. Green (1922-1987) does not get caught in the
 +
current version of this test but |first=(1888) is caught.
  
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order.  year is Year or anchor_year.
+
returns nothing
  
 
]]
 
]]
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
+
 
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
+
local function name_is_numeric (name, list_name)
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
+
if utilities.is_set (name) then
names[i] = v.last
+
if mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- when name does not contain any letters
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
+
utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
end
+
end
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
 
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
 
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
 
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
 
else
 
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------
+
--[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------
  
Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al. If found,
+
Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names.
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.
+
Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped"
 +
semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities.
 +
If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category.
  
This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
+
returns nothing
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)
+
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
 
+
local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps;
if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
+
if utilities.is_set (name) then
local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme
+
_, commas = name:gsub (',', ''); -- count the number of commas
local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al.
+
_, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ''); -- count the number of semicolons
 +
-- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in
 +
-- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the
 +
-- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add
 +
-- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new
 +
-- entities
 +
_, nbsps = name:gsub ('&nbsp;',''); -- count nbsps
 
 
if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al.
+
-- There is exactly 1 semicolon per &nbsp; entity, so subtract nbsps
name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
+
-- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added,
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
+
-- they also can be subtracted.
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
+
if 1 < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
+
utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message
end
 
elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
 
name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
 
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
 
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
 
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
return name, etal; --
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C >----------------------------------------------------------
  
Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extranious editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc.
+
Compares values assigned to various parameter according to the string provided as <item> in the function call:
These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parametersIf found, the function
+
'generic_names': |last=, |first=, |editor-last=, etc value against list of known generic name patterns
adds the editor markup maintenance category.
+
'generic_titles': |title=
 +
Returns true when pattern matches; nil else
 +
 
 +
The k/v pairs in cfg.special_case_translation[item] each contain two tables, one for English and one for another
 +
'local' language.Each of those tables contain another table that holds the string or pattern (whole or fragment)
 +
in index [1]. index [2] is a Boolean that tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true)
 +
or a pattern search (false)The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so
 +
that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name)
+
local function is_generic (item, value)
local _, pattern;
+
local test_val;
local patterns = { -- these patterns match annotations at end of name
+
 
'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (ed) or (eds): leading '(', case insensitive 'ed', optional 's', '.' and/or ')'
+
for _, generic_value in ipairs (cfg.special_case_translation[item]) do -- spin through the list of known generic value fragments
'[,%.%s]%f[e]eds?%.?$', -- ed or eds: without '('or ')'; case sensitive (ED could be initials Ed could be name)
+
test_val = generic_value['en'][2] and value:lower() or value; -- when set to 'true', plaintext search using lowercase value
'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (editor) or (editors): leading '(', case insensitive, optional '.' and/or ')'
+
 
'[,%.%s]%f[Ee][Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?$', -- editor or editors: without '('or ')'; case insensitive
+
if test_val:find (generic_value['en'][1], 1, generic_value['en'][2]) then
+
return true; -- found English generic value so done
-- these patterns match annotations at beginning of name
+
 
'^eds?[%.,;]', -- ed. or eds.: lower case only, optional 's', requires '.'
+
elseif generic_value['local'] then -- to keep work load down, generic_<value>['local'] should be nil except when there is a local version of the generic value
'^[%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]', -- (ed) or (eds): also sqare brackets, case insensitive, optional 's', '.'
+
test_val = generic_value['local'][2] and mw.ustring.lower(value) or value; -- when set to 'true', plaintext search using lowercase value
'^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%A', -- (editor or (editors: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets, 's'
 
'^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Ee][Dd]%A', -- (edited: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets
 
}
 
  
if is_set (name) then
+
if mw.ustring.find (test_val, generic_value['local'][1], 1, generic_value['local'][2]) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and
+
return true; -- found local generic value so done
if name:match (pattern) then
 
add_maint_cat ('extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
 
break;
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
return name; -- and done
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ G E N E R I C >------------------------------------------------
  
Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names.  Multiple names are
+
calls is_generic() to determine if <name> is a 'generic name' listed in cfg.generic_names; <name_alias> is the
indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon. If found, the function adds the multiple name
+
parameter name used in error messaging
(author or editor) maintenance category.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
+
local function name_is_generic (name, name_alias)
local count, _;
+
if not added_generic_name_errs  and is_generic ('generic_names', name) then
if is_set (name) then
+
utilities.set_message ('err_generic_name', name_alias); -- set an error message
_, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', ''); -- count the number of separator-like characters
+
added_generic_name_errs = true;
 
if 1 < count then -- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separator character is acceptable
 
add_maint_cat ('mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
return name; -- and done
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
 
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding
+
 
parameters.
+
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function name_checks (last, first, list_name)
+
local function name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias)
if is_set (last) then
+
local accept_name;
if last:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written  
+
 
last = last:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens
+
if utilities.is_set (last) then
else
+
last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last>
last = name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
+
 
last = name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
+
if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
 +
name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
 +
name_is_numeric (last, list_name); -- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation
 +
name_is_generic (last, last_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
if is_set (first) then
+
 
if first:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written  
+
if utilities.is_set (first) then
first = first:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens
+
first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first>
else
+
 
first = name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
+
if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
 +
name_is_numeric (first, list_name); -- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation
 +
name_is_generic (first, first_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list
 +
end
 +
local wl_type, D = utilities.is_wikilink (first);
 +
if 0 ~= wl_type then
 +
first = D;
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', first_alias);
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 +
 
return last, first; -- done
 
return last, first; -- done
end
+
end
 +
 
  
 +
--[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >-------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
 
 
Gets name list from the input arguments
 
Gets name list from the input arguments
  
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
+
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
+
(or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.
+
when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts:
 +
found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the
 +
search is done.
  
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
+
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.
+
|lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
 +
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not
 +
required to have a matching |firstn=.
  
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
+
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.'
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps 'et al.' out of the  
+
is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people()
template's metadata.  When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.
+
to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps
 +
'et al.' out of the template's metadata.  When this occurs, an error is emitted.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
 
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
 
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
local names = {}; -- table of names
+
local names = {}; -- table of names
local last; -- individual name components
+
local last; -- individual name components
 
local first;
 
local first;
 
local link;
 
local link;
 
local mask;
 
local mask;
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
+
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
+
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
+
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
+
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
  
local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
+
local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging
 
while true do
 
while true do
last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
+
last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
+
first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
+
link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
+
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
 +
 
 +
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
 +
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
 +
last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks
  
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
 
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
 
last, first= name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc checks
 
 
 
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
 
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
+
local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first'; -- get first or given form of the alias
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_first_missing_last', {
 +
first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate
 +
first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form
 +
}); -- add this error message
 
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
 
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
 
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
 
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
Line 1,354: Line 1,486:
 
end
 
end
 
else -- we have last with or without a first
 
else -- we have last with or without a first
link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i); -- check for improper wikimarkup
+
local result;
 +
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
 +
 
 +
if first then
 +
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
 +
end
  
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
+
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
 
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
 
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
 
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
 
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
+
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}); -- add this error message
 
end
 
end
 
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
 
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
Line 1,366: Line 1,503:
 
end
 
end
 
 
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
+
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ T A G _ G E T >------------------------------------------------------
  
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.
+
attempt to decode |language=<lang_param> and return language name and matching tag; nil else.
  
Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code. Because case of the source may be incorrect
+
This function looks for:
or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is
+
<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.lang_code_remap{}
found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the codeWhen there is no match, we
+
<lang_param> as a name in cfg.lang_name_remap{}
return the original language name string.
+
 +
<lang_param> as a name in cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t
 +
<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t
 +
when those fail, presume that <lang_param> is an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki does not recognizeStrip all
 +
script, region, variant, whatever subtags from <lang_param> to leave just a two or three character language tag
 +
and look for the new <lang_param> in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t{}
  
mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') return a list of languages that in some cases may include
+
on success, return name and matching tag; on failure return nil
extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support
 
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'.
 
  
Names but that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example,
+
]]
if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'.  When names are found
 
and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the Wikimedia language name.
 
  
Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
+
local function name_tag_get (lang_param)
 +
local lang_param_lc = mw.ustring.lower (lang_param); -- use lowercase as an index into the various tables
 +
local name;
 +
local tag;
  
]]
+
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang_param_lc]; -- assume <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get remapped language name
 +
if name then -- when <name>, <lang_param> is a tag for a remapped language name
 +
return name, lang_param; -- so return <name> from remap and <lang_param>
 +
end
  
local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code)
+
tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- still assuming that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; strip script, region, variant subtags
if 'bangla' == lang:lower() then -- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'bn' at mw:Extension:CLDR
+
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[tag]; -- attempt to get remapped language name with language subtag only
return 'Bengali', 'bn'; -- make sure rendered version is properly capitalized
+
if name then -- when <name>, <tag> is a tag for a remapped language name
 +
return name, tag; -- so return <name> from remap and <tag>
 
end
 
end
  
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
+
if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc] then -- not a tag, assume <lang_param_lc> is a name; attempt to get remapped language tag
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
+
return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][2]; -- for this <lang_param_lc>, return a (possibly) new name and appropriate tag
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
+
end
 +
 
 +
tag = cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a language name; attempt to get its matching tag
 +
 +
if tag then
 +
return cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag], tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is a name so return the name from the table and <tag>
 +
end
 +
 
 +
name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get its matching language name
 +
 +
if name then
 +
return name, lang_param; -- <lang_param_lc> is a tag so return <name> and the tag
 +
end
 
 
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
+
tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- is <lang_param_lc> an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki doesn't recognize? <tag> gets the language subtag; nil else
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
+
 
if 2 ~= code:len() and 3 ~= code:len() then -- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported
+
if tag then
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
+
name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]; -- attempt to get a language name using the shortened <tag>
end
+
if name then
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the the code
+
return name, tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is an unrecognized IETF-like tag so return <name> and language subtag
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for the code
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------
+
--[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------
  
Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code is recognized by MediaWiki,
+
Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code
use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
+
is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that
 +
was provided with the language parameter.
  
When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for
+
When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is
that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned
+
assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).
to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.
+
For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category
 +
for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.
  
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does not recognize three-character
+
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does
equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not.
+
not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is
 +
recognized but code 'ara' is not.
  
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are
+
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th
separated from each other by commas.
+
where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with
 +
optional space characters.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
 
local function language_parameter (lang)
 
local function language_parameter (lang)
local code; -- the two- or three-character language code
+
local tag; -- some form of IETF-like language tag; language subtag with optional region, sript, vatiant, etc subtags
 +
local lang_subtag; -- ve populates |language= with mostly unecessary region subtags the MediaWiki does not recognize; this is the base language subtag
 
local name; -- the language name
 
local name; -- the language name
 
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
 
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
+
local names_t = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
 +
 
 +
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name
  
local this_wiki = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki
+
names_t = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode() -- get this wiki's language code
 
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name
 
  
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
+
for _, lang in ipairs (names_t) do -- reuse lang here because we don't yet know if lang is a language name or a language tag
 +
name, tag = name_tag_get (lang); -- attempt to get name/tag pair for <lang>
  
for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
+
if utilities.is_set (tag) then
 +
lang_subtag = tag:lower():gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- for categorization, strip any IETF-like tags from language tag
  
if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag?
+
if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= lang_subtag then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code?
+
if 2 == lang_subtag:len() then -- and is a two-character tag
end
+
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source', {name, lang_subtag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it; tag appended to allow for multiple language categorization
if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code
+
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character tag)
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code
+
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source-2', {lang_subtag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character tag categories per cs1|2 template?
end
 
 
if is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code
 
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
 
else
 
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
 
end
 
 
if is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes
 
if 'bn' == code then name = 'Bengali' end; -- override wikimedia when code is 'bn'
 
if this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
 
if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code
 
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}) -- categorize it
 
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code)
 
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}) -- categorize it differently TODO: support mutliple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template
 
 
end
 
end
 +
elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled
 +
utilities.add_prop_cat ('local-lang-source', {name, lang_subtag}); -- categorize it
 
end
 
end
 
else
 
else
add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
+
name = lang; -- return whatever <lang> has so that we show something
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
 
end
 
end
 
 
Line 1,472: Line 1,623:
 
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
 
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
 
end
 
end
+
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
+
name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list);
if 2 >= code then
+
if (1 == #language_list) and (lang_subtag == cfg.this_wiki_code) then -- when only one language, find lang name in this wiki lang name; for |language=en-us, 'English' in 'American English'
name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
 
elseif 2 < code then
 
language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
 
name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
 
end
 
if this_wiki_name == name then
 
 
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
 
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
 
end
 
end
Line 1,490: Line 1,635:
  
  
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
+
--[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >--------------------------
  
Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
+
Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode.
 +
Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default.
 +
In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'.
 +
In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function set_cs1_style (ps)
+
local function set_cs_style (postscript, mode)
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
+
if utilities.is_set(postscript) then
ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period
+
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript
 +
-- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style
 +
if mode == 'cs1' and postscript == cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode] then
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
 +
end
 +
else
 +
postscript = cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode];
 
end
 
end
return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop
+
return cfg.presentation['sep_' .. mode], postscript;
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >-----------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
+
Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the
 
+
#invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none.
Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
+
local function set_style (mode, postscript, cite_class)
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
+
local sep;
ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil
+
if 'cs2' == mode then
 +
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
 +
elseif 'cs1' == mode then
 +
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
 +
elseif 'citation' == cite_class then
 +
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
 +
else
 +
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
 
end
 
end
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
+
 
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
+
if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == 'none' then
 +
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript
 +
-- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style
 +
if 'cs2' == mode or 'citation' == cite_class then
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
 +
end
 +
postscript = '';
 
end
 
end
return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma
+
 +
return sep, postscript
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
+
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >-----------------------------------
  
When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
+
Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions
rendered style.
+
used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links.
  
]]
+
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false
  
local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
+
]=]
local sep;
 
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
 
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
 
else -- not a citation template so CS1
 
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
 
end
 
  
return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
+
local function is_pdf (url)
 +
return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or
 +
url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or
 +
url:match ('%.PDF&#035') or url:match ('%.pdf&#035');
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >-----------------------
  
Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
+
Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.
+
if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter.  If the format parameter
 
+
is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document
]]
+
by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
 
+
the appropriate styling.
local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
 
local sep;
 
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
 
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
 
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
 
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
 
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
 
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
 
end
 
if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
 
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
 
end
 
 
return sep, ps, ref
 
end
 
 
 
 
 
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 
Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
 
applying the pdf icon to external links.
 
 
 
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false
 
 
 
]=]
 
 
 
local function is_pdf (url)
 
return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]');
 
end
 
 
 
 
 
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 
Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
 
not have a matching url parameter.  If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
 
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
 
the appropriate styling.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
 
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
 
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
if is_set (format) then
+
if utilities.is_set (format) then
format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
+
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
if not is_set (url) then
+
if not utilities.is_set (url) then
format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
+
utilities.set_message ('err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param}); -- add an error message
 
end
 
end
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
+
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then
format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf
+
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF
 
else
 
else
 
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
 
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
Line 1,602: Line 1,730:
  
  
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------
+
--[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------
  
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag
+
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor
to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.
+
name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.
  
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
+
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero,
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
+
return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default
some variant of the text 'et al.').
+
but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.').
  
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
+
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of
+
that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
+
This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
  
 
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
 
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
Line 1,625: Line 1,753:
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
+
local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal, param)
if is_set (max) then
+
if utilities.is_set (max) then
 
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
 
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
 
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
 
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
Line 1,633: Line 1,761:
 
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
 
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
 
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
 
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);
+
utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message
 +
max = nil;
 
end
 
end
 
else -- not a valid keyword or number
 
else -- not a valid keyword or number
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message
+
utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message
 
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
 
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
 
end
 
end
Line 1,645: Line 1,774:
  
  
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------
+
--[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >---------------
  
Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp.  
+
Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.
+
some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.
  
check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
+
check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value:
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
+
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px
bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP
+
      where x and X are letters and # is a digit
 +
bad pattern: '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
+
local function extra_text_in_page_check (val, name)
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
+
if not val:match (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';
+
for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
 
+
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so
if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or  page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
+
utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_pages', name); -- add error message
add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
+
return; -- and done
end
+
end
 +
end
 +
end
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------
  
split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter.  This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
+
Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator.
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parnetheses were included in the
 
rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked
 
  
|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))
+
For |volume=:
 +
'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter
 +
content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so
 +
are allowed.
 +
 
 +
For |issue=:
 +
'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the
 +
parameter content (all case insensitive).
 +
 +
Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or
 +
whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module.
 +
 +
<val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value
 +
<name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message
 +
<selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue=
 +
 
 +
sets error message on failure; returns nothing
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (val, name, selector)
 +
if not utilities.is_set (val) then
 +
return;
 +
end
 +
 +
local patterns = 'v' == selector and cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vpatterns or cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.ipatterns;
 +
 
 +
local handler = 'v' == selector and 'err_extra_text_volume' or 'err_extra_text_issue';
 +
val = val:lower(); -- force parameter value to lower case
 +
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
 +
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so
 +
utilities.set_message (handler, name); -- add error message
 +
return; -- and done
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
 
 +
--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter.  This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
 +
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the
 +
rendered citation and in the metadata.  Individual author names may be wikilinked
 +
 
 +
|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))
  
 
]=]
 
]=]
Line 1,678: Line 1,852:
 
local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
 
local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
 
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
 
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a place holder
+
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder
 
 
 
local i = 1;
 
local i = 1;
 
 
 
while name_table[i] do
 
while name_table[i] do
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parens
+
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses
 
local name = name_table[i];
 
local name = name_table[i];
i=i+1; -- bump indexer to next segment
+
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment
 
while name_table[i] do
 
while name_table[i] do
 
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
 
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parens
+
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses
 
break; -- and done reassembling so
 
break; -- and done reassembling so
 
end
 
end
i=i+1; -- bump indexer
+
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer
 
end
 
end
 
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
 
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
 
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink
 
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink
 
else
 
else
wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
+
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
 
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name
 
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name
 
if 1 == wl_type then
 
if 1 == wl_type then
Line 1,704: Line 1,878:
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
i = i+1;
+
i = i + 1;
 
end
 
end
 
return output_table;
 
return output_table;
Line 1,717: Line 1,891:
 
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
 
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
 
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
 
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
+
tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
  
 
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.
 
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.
  
This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
+
This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
  
 
]]
 
]]
Line 1,734: Line 1,908:
  
 
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
 
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas
+
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas
  
 
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
 
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection
+
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
+
local accept_name;
last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parntheses
+
v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name>
 +
 
 +
if accept_name then
 +
last = v_name;
 
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
 
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
 
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
 
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
 
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;  
 
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;  
add_vanc_error ('punctuation');
+
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i);
 
end
 
end
 
local lastfirstTable = {}
 
local lastfirstTable = {}
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
+
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+")
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
+
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix
if is_suffix (first) then -- if a valid suffix
+
 
suffix = first -- save it as a suffix and
+
if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters
 +
suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix
 
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
 
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
end -- no suffix error message here because letter combination may be result of Romanization; check for digits?
+
end
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
+
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix
 +
if not utilities.is_set (last) then
 +
first = ''; -- unset
 +
last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first
 +
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i);
 +
end
 
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
 
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
add_vanc_error ('missing comma'); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
+
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma'], i); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
 
end
 
end
 
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
 
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
add_vanc_error ('name'); -- matches a space between two intiials
+
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- matches a space between two initials
 
end
 
end
 
else
 
else
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
 
 
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
 
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
 
end
 
end
+
if is_set (first) then
+
if utilities.is_set (first) then
 
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
 
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
add_vanc_error ('initials'); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
+
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
 
end
 
end
is_good_vanc_name (last, first); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
+
is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, i); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
if is_set (suffix) then
+
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
 
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
 
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
 
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
 
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
Line 1,775: Line 1,957:
 
else
 
else
 
if not corporate then
 
if not corporate then
is_good_vanc_name (last, '');
+
is_good_vanc_name (last, '', nil, i);
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
+
link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
+
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
+
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
 
end
 
end
 
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
 
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
Line 1,790: Line 1,972:
  
 
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
 
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
+
select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
  
Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
+
Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest;
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest
+
|editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn)
  
 
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
 
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
Line 1,801: Line 1,983:
 
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
 
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
  
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.
+
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
 
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
 
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local lastfirst = false;
+
local lastfirst = false;
if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
+
if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
+
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
+
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
+
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
lastfirst=true;
+
lastfirst = true;
 
end
 
end
  
if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
+
if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
+
(utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or
(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
+
(true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then
 
local err_name;
 
local err_name;
 
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
 
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
Line 1,823: Line 2,005:
 
err_name = 'editor';
 
err_name = 'editor';
 
end
 
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
+
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', err_name .. '-name-list parameters'); -- add error message
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
 
end
 
end
  
 
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
 
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
+
if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
+
if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
 
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last  
 
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last  
 
end
 
end
Line 1,837: Line 2,018:
  
 
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
 
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
+
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing
in the source template) the function returns true.  If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
+
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val.  If the parameter value is one
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.
+
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value
 +
specified by ret_val.
 +
 
 +
TODO: explain <invert>
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible)
+
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val, invert)
if not is_set (value) then
+
if not utilities.is_set (value) then
return true; -- an empty parameter is ok
+
return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok
elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
+
end
return true;
+
 
 +
if (not invert and utilities.in_array (value, possible)) then -- normal; <value> is in <possible> table
 +
return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword
 +
elseif invert and not utilities.in_array (value, possible) then -- invert; <value> is not in <possible> table
 +
return value; -- return <value> as it is
 
else
 
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
+
utilities.set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}); -- not an allowed value so add error message
return false
+
return ret_val;
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Line 1,865: Line 2,053:
  
 
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
 
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
if (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
+
if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
 
return name_list; -- just return the name list
 
return name_list; -- just return the name list
elseif (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
+
elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
 
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
 
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
 
else
 
else
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list
+
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Line 1,883: Line 2,071:
 
 
 
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
 
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then
+
if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) then
 
return '';
 
return '';
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
-- same condition as in format_pages_sheets()
 +
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
 +
 +
local is_numeric_vol = volume and (volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$')); -- is only uppercase roman numerals or only digits?
 +
local is_long_vol = volume and (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)); -- is |volume= value longer than 4 characters?
 
 
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
+
if volume and (not is_numeric_vol and is_long_vol) then -- when not all digits or Roman numerals, is |volume= longer than 4 characters?
if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
+
utilities.add_prop_cat ('long-vol'); -- yes, add properties cat
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
 
elseif is_set (volume) then
 
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
 
else
 
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
  
local vol = '';
+
if is_journal then -- journal-style formatting
 +
local vol = '';
 
 
if is_set (volume) then
+
if utilities.is_set (volume) then
if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then
+
if is_numeric_vol then -- |volume= value all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals?
vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume});
+
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume}); -- render in bold face
else
+
elseif is_long_vol then -- not all digits or Roman numerals; longer than 4 characters?
vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)});
+
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- not bold
 +
else -- four or fewer characters
 +
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- bold
 +
end
 +
end
 +
if utilities.is_set (issue) then
 +
return vol .. utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
 
end
 
end
 +
return vol;
 +
end
 +
 +
if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then
 +
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
 
end
 
end
if is_set (issue) then
+
 
return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
+
-- all other types of citation
 +
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then
 +
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower);
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then
 +
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower);
 +
else
 +
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
 
end
 
end
return vol;
 
 
end
 
end
  
Line 1,925: Line 2,130:
 
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
 
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
 
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
 
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
if is_set (sheet) then
+
if utilities.is_set (sheet) then
 
if 'journal' == origin then
 
if 'journal' == origin then
 
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
 
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
Line 1,931: Line 2,136:
 
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
 
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
 
end
 
end
elseif is_set (sheets) then
+
elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then
 
if 'journal' == origin then
 
if 'journal' == origin then
 
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
 
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
Line 1,940: Line 2,145:
 
end
 
end
  
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'journal' == origin);
+
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
 
 
if is_set (page) then
+
if utilities.is_set (page) then
 
if is_journal then
 
if is_journal then
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
+
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
 
elseif not nopp then
 
elseif not nopp then
return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
+
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
 
else
 
else
return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
+
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
 
end
 
end
elseif is_set(pages) then
+
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
 
if is_journal then
 
if is_journal then
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
+
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
+
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
+
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
 
elseif not nopp then
 
elseif not nopp then
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
+
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
 
else
 
else
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
+
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Line 1,966: Line 2,171:
  
  
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >----------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at.
  
Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the  
+
If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text
save snapshot url or to calendar pagesWhen the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
+
for use in COinSThis COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the urlThat is something that Wikipedia should not allow
+
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the spanTODO: should it? 
unwitting readers to do.
 
  
When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
+
TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline;
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.
 
  
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
+
TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned
|archive-date= and an error message when:
+
to a new name)?
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url
 
|archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
 
correct place
 
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=
 
  
There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls:
+
]]
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
 
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form
 
  
The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag.  There are four identified flags
+
local function insource_loc_get (page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at)
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
+
local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.
 
  
This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this funct may return a modified
+
if utilities.is_set (page) then
archive url:
+
if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
+
pages = ''; -- unset the others
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the url unmodified
+
at = '';
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)
+
end
 +
extra_text_in_page_check (page, page_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
  
]=]
+
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
 +
if ws_url then
 +
page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
 +
page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page});
 +
coins_pages = ws_label;
 +
end
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
 +
if utilities.is_set (at) then
 +
at = ''; -- unset
 +
end
 +
extra_text_in_page_check (pages, pages_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
  
local function archive_url_check (url, date)
+
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
+
if ws_url then
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.or url
+
pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
+
pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages});
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine url
+
coins_pages = ws_label;
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
+
end
end
+
elseif utilities.is_set (at) then
 
+
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
+
if ws_url then
err_msg = 'save command';
+
at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
+
at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at});
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
+
coins_pages = ws_label;
err_msg = 'liveweb';
 
else
 
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the url parts for evaluation
 
 
if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
 
err_msg = 'timestamp';
 
if '*' ~= flag then
 
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat)
 
end
 
elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element
 
err_msg = 'path';
 
elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element)
 
err_msg = 'flag';
 
elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
 
err_msg = 'flag';
 
else
 
return url, date; -- return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
-- if here, something not right so
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and
+
return page, pages, at, coins_pages;
if is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then
 
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate
 
else
 
return url, date; -- preview mode so return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U N I Q U E _ A R C H I V E _ U R L >------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------
+
add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value
 
 
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
 
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
 
parameter that is missing its pipe:
 
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}}
 
 
 
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives xml/html
 
tags are removed before the search.
 
 
 
If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function missing_pipe_check (value)
+
local function is_unique_archive_url (archive, url, c_url, source, date)
local capture;
+
if utilities.is_set (archive) then
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc
+
if archive == url or archive == c_url then
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); -- add error message
 +
return '', ''; -- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url=
 +
end
 +
end
  
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%a%d]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
+
return archive, date;
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
 
add_maint_cat ('missing_pipe');
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
+
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
  
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
+
Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the  
 +
save snapshot URL or to calendar pages.  When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
 +
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
 +
unwitting readers to do.
  
]]
+
When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
 +
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.
 +
 
 +
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
 +
|archive-date= and an error message when:
 +
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL
 +
|archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
 +
correct place
 +
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=
  
local function citation0( config, args)
+
There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs:
--[[
+
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
Load Input Parameters
+
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
 
]]
 
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
 
local i
 
  
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the argumentsDifferent citation templates
+
The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flagThere are four identified flags
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
+
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
 +
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.
  
-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.
+
This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified
local Mode = A['Mode'];
+
archive URL:
if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then
+
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
Mode = '';
+
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified
end
+
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)
  
local author_etal;
+
]=]
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
 
local Authors;
 
local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];
 
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
 
  
do -- to limit scope of selected
+
local function archive_url_check (url, date)
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
+
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
if 1 == selected then
+
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
+
elseif 2 == selected then
+
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
+
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
+
end
elseif 3 == selected then
+
 
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
+
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
+
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save;
add_maint_cat ('authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
+
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
 +
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
 +
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb;
 +
else
 +
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation
 +
if not path then -- malformed in some way; pattern did not match
 +
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
 +
elseif 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
 +
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
 +
if '*' ~= flag then
 +
local replacement = timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d%d%d') or timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d'); -- get the first 6 (YYYYMM) or first 4 digits (YYYY)
 +
if replacement then -- nil if there aren't at least 4 digits (year)
 +
replacement = replacement .. string.rep ('0', 14 - replacement:len()); -- year or yearmo (4 or 6 digits) zero-fill to make 14-digit timestamp
 +
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*)%d[^/]*', '%1' .. replacement .. '*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to 14 digits plus splat for calendar display
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element
 +
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path;
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element)
 +
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
 +
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
 +
else
 +
return url, date; -- return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
 
end
 
end
if is_set (Collaboration) then
 
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 +
-- if here, something not right so
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_url', {err_msg}); -- add error message and
 +
 +
if is_preview_mode then
 +
return url, date; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
 +
else
 +
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 +
 +
--[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------------------
  
local Others = A['Others'];
+
check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits.  This function added because
 +
many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that)
  
local editor_etal;
+
returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
 
local Editors;
 
  
do -- to limit scope of selected
+
]]
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
+
 
if 1 == selected then
+
local function place_check (param_val)
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
+
if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted
elseif 2 == selected then
+
return param_val; -- return that empty state
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
+
end
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
+
elseif 3 == selected then
+
if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors=
+
utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat
add_maint_cat ('editors'); -- but add a maint cat because use of this parameter is discouraged
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
return param_val; -- and done
 +
end
  
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
 
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
 
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
 
  
local interviewers_list = {};
+
--[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >----------------------------------------------
local Interviewers = A['Interviewers']
 
if is_set (Interviewers) then -- add a maint cat if the |interviewers= is used
 
add_maint_cat ('interviewers'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged
 
else
 
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- else, process preferred interviewers parameters
 
end
 
  
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
+
compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
 
local Contribution = A['Contribution'];
 
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
 
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
 
 
if 0 < #c then
 
if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
 
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
 
end
 
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
 
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
 
end
 
end
 
else -- if not a book cite
 
if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
 
end
 
Contribution = nil; -- unset
 
end
 
  
if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
+
]]
NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
+
 
end
+
local function is_archived_copy (title)
 +
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case
 +
if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy'
 +
return true;
 +
elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then
 +
if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
 +
return true;
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
  
local Year = A['Year'];
 
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
 
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
 
local Date = A['Date'];
 
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
 
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
 
local Title = A['Title'];
 
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
 
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
 
local Conference = A['Conference'];
 
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
 
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
 
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
 
link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set
 
  
local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
+
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
 
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
 
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
 
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
 
local Degree = A['Degree'];
 
local Docket = A['Docket'];
 
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
 
  
local ArchiveDate;
+
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
local ArchiveURL;
 
  
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
+
]]
 
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
 
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes'
 
DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
 
end
 
  
local URL = A['URL']
+
local function citation0( config, args )
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
+
--[[
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
+
Load Input Parameters
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
+
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
+
]]
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
+
local A = argument_wrapper ( args );
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
+
local i
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
 
local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter
 
  
local Series = A['Series'];
+
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
+
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
local Volume;
 
local Issue;
 
local Page;
 
local Pages;
 
local At;
 
  
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then
+
local author_etal;
Volume = A['Volume'];
+
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
end
+
local Authors;
-- conference & map books do not support issue
+
local NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], '');
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then
+
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
Issue = A['Issue'];
 
end
 
local Position = '';
 
if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
 
Page = A['Page'];
 
Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );
 
At = A['At'];
 
end
 
  
local Edition = A['Edition'];
+
do -- to limit scope of selected
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
+
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
local Place = A['Place'];
+
if 1 == selected then
+
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
+
elseif 2 == selected then
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
+
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
+
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
RegistrationRequired=nil;
+
elseif 3 == selected then
 +
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
 +
if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
 +
end
 +
end
 +
if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
 +
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
 
end
 
end
 +
end
  
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
+
local editor_etal;
if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
+
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
SubscriptionRequired=nil;
 
end
 
  
local UrlAccess = A['UrlAccess'];
+
do -- to limit scope of selected
if not is_valid_parameter_value (UrlAccess, 'url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then
+
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList'); -- support for |editors= withdrawn
UrlAccess = nil;
+
if 1 == selected then
 +
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
 +
elseif 2 == selected then
 +
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
 +
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
 
end
 
end
if not is_set(URL) and is_set(UrlAccess) then
+
end
UrlAccess = nil;
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } );
+
local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases
 +
local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter');
 +
local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s)
 +
if 'contribution' == Chapter_origin then
 +
Contribution = Chapter; -- get the name of the contribution
 
end
 
end
 
+
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then -- while not aliases, these are much the same so if both are set
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'subscription')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
+
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
SubscriptionRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |subscription=
+
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
 +
 +
if 0 < #c then
 +
if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution'); -- add missing contribution error message
 +
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
 +
end
 +
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author'); -- add missing author error message
 +
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
 +
end
 
end
 
end
if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (RegistrationRequired) then -- these are not the same but contradictory so if both are set
+
else -- if not a book cite
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'registration')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
+
if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
RegistrationRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |registration=
+
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_ignored'); -- add contributor ignored error message
 
end
 
end
 +
Contribution = nil; -- unset
 +
end
  
local ChapterUrlAccess = A['ChapterUrlAccess'];
+
local Title = A['Title'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (ChapterUrlAccess, 'chapter-url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then -- same as url-access
+
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
 
end
 
if not is_set(ChapterURL) and is_set(ChapterUrlAccess) then
 
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'chapter-url'}, true ) } );
 
end
 
  
local Via = A['Via'];
+
local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
+
local accept_link;
local Agency = A['Agency'];
+
TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written (TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup
 
+
if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords
local Language = A['Language'];
+
auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later
local Format = A['Format'];
+
TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
+
end
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
 
local ID = A['ID'];
 
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
 
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
 
if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
 
IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string
 
end
 
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
 
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
 
  
local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
+
TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set
local ID_access_levels = extract_id_access_levels( args, ID_list );
 
  
local Quote = A['Quote'];
+
local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used
 +
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == Chapter_origin then
 +
Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}}
 +
Chapter = ''; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present
 +
end
  
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
+
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
+
local Periodical_origin = '';
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
+
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
+
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
+
local i;
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
+
Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
+
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin});
 +
end
 +
end
  
local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
+
if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}}
if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
+
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar?
LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string
+
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')});
 
end
 
end
  
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
+
Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}}
if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
+
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList');
no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string
+
end
end
+
 
 +
local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical'];
  
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
+
-- web and news not tested for now because of
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
+
-- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors?
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
+
if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
+
-- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
+
local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message
 
+
if p[config.CitationClass]  then
local DF = A['DF']; -- date format set in cs1|2 template
+
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]});
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then -- validate reformatting keyword
+
end
DF = ''; -- not valid, set to empty string
 
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
local Volume;
 +
local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical');
 +
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
 +
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
 +
if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'website', 'mailinglist'}) then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for these 'periodicals' --TODO: move 'array' to ~/Configuration
 +
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
 +
end
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
 +
if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website=
 +
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
 +
end
 +
else
 +
Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites
 +
end
 +
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings
 +
Volume = A['Volume'];
 +
end
 +
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), 'v');
  
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
+
local Issue;
local PostScript;
+
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
local Ref;
+
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'work'}) or -- {{citation}} renders issue for these 'periodicals'--TODO: move 'array' to ~/Configuration
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
+
utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) and utilities.in_array (ScriptPeriodical_origin, {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-work'}) then -- and these 'script-periodicals'
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text
+
Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
 
 
--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
 
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
 
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
 
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
 
 
end
 
end
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
+
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
+
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
+
Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
break; -- bail out if one is found
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 +
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), 'i');
  
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
+
local Page;
select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category
+
local Pages;
 +
local At;
 +
if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
 +
Page = A['Page'];
 +
Pages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);
 +
At = A['At'];
 +
end
  
local NoPP = A['NoPP']  
+
local Edition = A['Edition'];
if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
+
local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace'));
NoPP = true;
+
local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place'));
else
+
NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later
+
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
 +
local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName');
 +
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
 +
local i = 0;
 +
PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized
 +
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin});
 +
end
 
end
 
end
  
if is_set(Page) then
+
local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup?
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
+
local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup');
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
+
 
At = '';
+
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
end
+
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup
extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
+
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin});
elseif is_set(Pages) then
 
if is_set(At) then
 
At = ''; -- unset
 
 
end
 
end
extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
 
end
 
  
-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
+
PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
 
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
 
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
local URL = A['URL']; -- TODO: better way to do this for URL, ChapterURL, and MapURL?
 +
local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
 
 
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
+
if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then
 +
UrlAccess = nil;
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', 'url');
 +
end
 
 
--[[
+
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
+
local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
When the citation has these parameters:
+
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
+
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
+
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')});
|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title
+
end
+
 
|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
+
local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped
+
if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then
+
MapUrlAccess = nil;
All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
+
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'});
+
end
]]
 
  
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];
+
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
 +
local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
  
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
+
-- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
+
if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
+
if utilities.in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
if not is_set(Chapter) then
+
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
+
end
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
+
for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
TransChapter = TransTitle;
+
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
ChapterURL = URL;
+
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
+
break; -- bail out if one is found
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
 +
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
 +
utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category
  
if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
+
local coins_pages;
Chapter = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
+
end
+
Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, A:ORIGIN('Page'), Pages, A:ORIGIN('Pages'), At);
Title = Periodical;
 
ChapterFormat = Format;
 
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
 
TransTitle = '';
 
URL = '';
 
Format = '';
 
TitleLink = '';
 
ScriptTitle = '';
 
end
 
else -- |title not set
 
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
 
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
  
-- Special case for cite techreport.
+
local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
 
if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
 
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
 
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
 
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
  
-- special case for cite mailing list
+
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
+
utilities.add_prop_cat ('location-test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
+
if PublicationPlace == Place then
elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then
+
Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same
Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list
+
end
 +
elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ...
 +
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
 
end
 
end
  
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
+
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
+
if is_set(BookTitle) then
+
local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
Chapter = Title;
+
local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
+
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
ChapterURL = URL;
+
local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter');
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
+
local Format = A['Format'];
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
+
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
URLorigin = '';
+
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
ChapterFormat = Format;
+
local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter');
TransChapter = TransTitle;
+
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
Title = BookTitle;
+
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
Format = '';
+
-- TitleLink = '';
+
--[[
TransTitle = '';
+
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
URL = '';
+
When the citation has these parameters:
 +
|encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=
 +
|encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title=
 +
 
 +
|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped
 +
|url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped
 +
 +
All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified
 +
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS
 +
 
 +
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}}
 +
if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')});
 +
Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset because not supported by this template
 
end
 
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
 
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
 
 
end
 
end
  
-- cite map oddities
+
if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
local Cartography = "";
+
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar?
local Scale = "";
+
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin)});
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
+
end
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
+
 
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
+
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then
Chapter = A['Map'];
+
Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia; allow periodical without encyclopedia
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
+
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia');
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
+
end
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
+
 
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
+
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia= is set
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
+
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then
+
if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
+
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=
if is_set( Cartography ) then
+
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
+
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle')
end
+
TransChapter = TransTitle;
Scale = A['Scale'];
+
ChapterURL = URL;
if is_set( Scale ) then
+
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
+
 
 +
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
 +
 
 +
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then
 +
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
 +
end
 +
Title = Periodical;
 +
ChapterFormat = Format;
 +
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
 +
TransTitle = '';
 +
URL = '';
 +
Format = '';
 +
TitleLink = '';
 +
ScriptTitle = '';
 +
end
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) or utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then -- |title= not set
 +
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title=
 +
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
+
-- special case for cite techreport.
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
+
local ID = A['ID'];
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
+
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
+
if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
 
+
if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set
+
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
 +
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')});
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
  
local Network = A['Network'];
+
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
local Station = A['Station'];
+
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
local s, n = {}, {};
+
local Conference = A['Conference'];
-- do common parameters first
+
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
+
local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle');
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
+
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
+
if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then
+
Chapter = Title;
if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date
+
Chapter_origin = 'title';
Date = AirDate;
+
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated
end
 
 
 
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
 
local Season = A['Season'];
 
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
 
 
 
if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
 
end
 
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
 
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
 
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
 
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
 
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
 
 
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
 
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
 
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
 
TransChapter = TransTitle;
 
 
ChapterURL = URL;
 
ChapterURL = URL;
 
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
 
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
+
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
+
URL_origin = '';
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
+
ChapterFormat = Format;
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
+
TransChapter = TransTitle;
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
+
TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin;
 
+
Title = BookTitle;
if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
+
Format = '';
Chapter = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
+
-- TitleLink = '';
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
 
Series = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
 
end
 
URL = ''; -- unset
 
 
TransTitle = '';
 
TransTitle = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
+
URL = '';
 
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
 
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
 
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
 
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
 
Series = make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
 
end
 
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
 
end
 
end
 
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
 
 
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, before generation of COinS data.
 
do
 
if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then
 
if not is_set (ID_list[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
end
 
 
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
 
Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
 
end
 
 
 
if 'biorxiv' == config.CitationClass then
 
Periodical = 'bioRxiv'; -- set to bioRxiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
 
end
 
 
 
if 'citeseerx' == config.CitationClass then
 
Periodical = 'CiteSeerX'; -- set to CiteSeerX for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 +
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
 +
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
 
end
 
end
 
+
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
+
-- CS1/2 mode
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
+
local Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], '');
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
+
-- separator character and postscript
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
+
local sepc, PostScript = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], config.CitationClass);
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
+
-- controls capitalization of certain static text
 +
local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' );
 +
 +
-- cite map oddities
 +
local Cartography = "";
 +
local Scale = "";
 +
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
 +
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
 +
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
 +
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar?
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}); -- add error message
 
end
 
end
end
+
Chapter = A['Map'];
 +
Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map');
 +
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
 +
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
 +
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
 +
ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap']
 +
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap')
  
if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
+
ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess;
TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
+
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
 
end
 
  
-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
+
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
if not is_set (Date) then
+
if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
+
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
+
end
if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
+
Scale = A['Scale'];
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
+
if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
+
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
+
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
 +
local Series = A['Series'];
 +
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
 +
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
 +
 
 +
SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set
  
--[[
+
local Network = A['Network'];
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
+
local Station = A['Station'];
we get the date used in the metadata.
+
local s, n = {}, {};
+
-- do common parameters first
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
+
if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
]]
+
if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
+
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
local error_message = '';
 
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
 
local date_parameters_list = {['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken,
 
['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year};
 
 
 
anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date);
 
 
 
if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
 
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
 
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
 
if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message
 
error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message
 
end
 
error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
 
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
 
add_maint_cat ('date_year');
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
if not is_set(error_message) then -- error free dates only
+
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
local modified = false; -- flag
+
local Season = A['Season'];
+
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
if is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
 
modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
 
end
 
  
if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
+
if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set TODO: make a function for this and similar?
modified = true;
+
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}); -- add error message
add_maint_cat ('date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
+
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
 
end
 
end
+
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language,
+
if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
-- uncomment these three lines.  Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons)
+
if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
-- if date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list) then
+
if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
-- modified = true;
+
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
-- end
+
 +
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
 +
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
 +
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle');
 +
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link=
 +
TransChapter = TransTitle;
 +
ChapterURL = URL;
 +
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
 +
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
 +
 +
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
 +
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
 +
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
  
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
+
if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date']; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
+
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'];
+
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
Date = date_parameters_list['date'];
+
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'];
 
LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'];
 
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'];
 
 
end
 
end
else
+
URL = ''; -- unset
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
+
TransTitle = '';
end
+
ScriptTitle = '';
end -- end of do
+
 
+
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set.  Do this after date check but before COInS.
+
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
+
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo);
+
if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then
 
+
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
 
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
 
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
 
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
 
if is_set(AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; pmc created url is not |url=
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
 
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
 
 
end
 
end
 +
Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
 +
end
 +
end
 +
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
  
 +
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
 +
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
 +
local Degree = A['Degree'];
 +
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'AV-media-notes', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'podcast', 'pressrelease', 'report', 'speech', 'techreport', 'thesis'}) then
 +
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
 +
if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
 +
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact.
+
if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
-- Test if citation has no title
+
TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
if not is_set(Title) and
+
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
not is_set(TransTitle) and
 
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
 
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this?
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } );
 
else
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } );
 
end
 
end
 
 
if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites
 
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
 
add_maint_cat ('untitled');
 
 
end
 
end
  
check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL
+
-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
['title']=Title,
+
local Date = A['Date'];
[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,
+
local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
[A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical,
+
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
[A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName
+
local Year = A['Year'];
});
 
  
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
+
if not utilities.is_set (Date) then
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
+
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
+
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap
+
if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
+
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
+
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
+
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
+
else
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
+
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
 
coins_title = Periodical;
 
 
end
 
end
 +
else
 +
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
 
end
 
end
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
 
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
 
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
 
end
 
  
-- this is the function call to COinS()
+
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
local OCinSoutput = COinS({
+
 
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
+
--[[
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,
+
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
+
we get the date used in the metadata.
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
+
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
+
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
+
]]
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
 
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
 
['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
 
['Series'] = Series,
 
['Volume'] = Volume,
 
['Issue'] = Issue,
 
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links
 
['Edition'] = Edition,
 
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
 
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
 
['Authors'] = coins_author,
 
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
 
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
 
}, config.CitationClass);
 
 
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, and {{cite citeseerx}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
 
if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, or CiteSeerX now unset so it isn't displayed
 
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
 
end
 
  
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
+
local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], '');
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
+
if not utilities.is_set (DF) then
if is_set (PublisherName) then
+
DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template
PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'), nil ));
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
local ArchiveURL;
 +
local ArchiveDate;
 +
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
  
 +
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
 +
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
 +
 +
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url (ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), ArchiveDate); -- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL
  
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
+
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
+
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
+
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
+
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
do
+
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
local last_first_list;
+
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
local control = {  
+
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
+
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
+
local error_message = '';
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
+
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
page_name = this_page.text, -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
+
local date_parameters_list = {
mode = Mode
+
['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
};
+
['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
 +
['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin},
 +
['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
 +
['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
 +
['lay-date'] = {val = LayDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')},
 +
['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
 +
['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
 +
};
 +
 
 +
local error_list = {};
 +
anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list);
  
do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
+
-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
+
if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
+
utilities.add_prop_cat ('jul-greg-uncertainty');
 +
end
 +
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
  
if is_set (Editors) then
+
if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
if editor_etal then
+
validation.year_date_check (Year, A:ORIGIN ('Year'), Date, A:ORIGIN ('Date'), error_list);
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
+
end
EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
+
else
+
if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
+
local modified = false; -- flag
end
+
else
+
if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
+
modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
 
end
 
end
  
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
+
if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
+
modified = true;
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language; not supported at en.wiki
 +
if cfg.date_name_auto_xlate_enable and validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, cfg.date_digit_auto_xlate_enable ) then
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_auto_xlated'); -- add maint cat
 +
modified = true;
 +
end
 +
 +
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
 +
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
 +
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val;
 +
Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val;
 +
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val;
 +
LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'].val;
 +
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
 +
end
 +
else
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}); -- add this error message
 
end
 
end
do -- now do interviewers
+
end -- end of do
control.maximum = #interviewers_list; -- number of interviewerss
+
 
Interviewers = list_people(control, interviewers_list, false); -- et al not currently supported
+
local ID_list = {}; -- sequence table of rendered identifiers
end
+
local ID_list_coins = {}; -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key
do -- now do translators
+
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators
+
Translators = list_people(control, t, false); -- et al not currently supported
+
local ID_support = {
 +
{A['ASINTLD'], 'ASIN', 'err_asintld_missing_asin', A:ORIGIN ('ASINTLD')},
 +
{DoiBroken, 'DOI', 'err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
 +
{Embargo, 'PMC', 'err_embargo_missing_pmc', A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
 +
}
 +
 
 +
ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'], Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class}, ID_support);
 +
 
 +
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data.
 +
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then
 +
if not utilities.is_set (ID_list_coins[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing'); -- add error message
 
end
 
end
do -- now do contributors
 
control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors
 
Contributors = list_people(control, c, false); -- et al not currently supported
 
end
 
do -- now do authors
 
control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);
 
  
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);
+
Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass];
 +
end
 +
 
 +
-- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free
  
if is_set (Authors) then
+
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
+
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled
if author_etal then
+
if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
+
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link
end
+
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
else
+
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
+
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
 +
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
 +
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI
 +
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'];
 +
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1];
 
end
 
end
end -- end of do
+
end
+
 
if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then
+
if utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
+
utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url'); -- add an error message
 +
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
 
end
 
end
 +
end
  
 +
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
 +
-- Test if citation has no title
 +
if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'});
 
end
 
end
  
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
+
if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
+
utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
+
(utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
+
('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
+
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
+
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
+
end
  
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
+
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or
+
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
+
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
+
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap
 +
 +
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
 +
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
 +
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
 +
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
 +
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
 +
coins_title = Periodical;
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 
+
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
if not is_set(URL) then
+
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
+
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
 
end
 
 
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
 
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
 
AccessDate = '';
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
local QuotePage = A['QuotePage'];
 +
local QuotePages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']);
  
local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess;
+
-- this is the function call to COinS()
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
+
local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
+
['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata
if is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
+
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
+
['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages
+
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format=
+
['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
+
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
+
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages
+
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
+
['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter,
end
+
['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
elseif is_set (URL) then
+
['Series'] = Series,
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
+
['Volume'] = Volume,
OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages
+
['Issue'] = Issue,
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
+
['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)), -- pages stripped of external links
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
+
['Edition'] = Edition,
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
+
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
+
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
+
['Authors'] = coins_author,
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
+
['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins,
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls
+
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
end
+
}, config.CitationClass);
end
+
 
 +
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
 +
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed
 +
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
 
end
 
end
  
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
+
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
+
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then
local chap_param;
+
PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil ));
if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
+
end
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
 
elseif is_set (TransChapter) then
 
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
 
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then
 
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
 
elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then
 
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter')
 
else is_set (ChapterFormat)
 
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
 
end
 
  
if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
+
local Editors;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
+
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
+
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
TransChapter = '';
+
local contributor_etal;
ChapterURL = '';
+
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
ScriptChapter = '';
+
local translator_etal;
ChapterFormat = '';
+
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
end
+
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
+
local Interviewers;
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
+
local interviewers_list = {};
if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
+
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters
if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
+
local interviewer_etal;
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
+
 +
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
 +
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
 +
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
 +
do
 +
local last_first_list;
 +
local control = {
 +
format = NameListStyle, -- empty string or 'vanc'
 +
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
 +
mode = Mode
 +
};
 +
 
 +
do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
 +
control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayEditors'));
 +
Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal);
 +
 
 +
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
 +
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
+
do -- now do interviewers
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
+
control.maximum, interviewer_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayInterviewers'], #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayInterviewers'));
if is_set (Chapter) then
+
Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal);
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
 
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
 
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
 
end
 
Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' ';
 
elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
 
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
 
 
end
 
end
end
+
do -- now do translators
 +
control.maximum, translator_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayTranslators'], #t, 'translators', translator_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayTranslators'));
 +
Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal);
 +
end
 +
do -- now do contributors
 +
control.maximum, contributor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayContributors'], #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayContributors'));
 +
Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal);
 +
end
 +
do -- now do authors
 +
control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayAuthors'));
  
-- Format main title.
+
last_first_list = list_people (control, a, author_etal);
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%'..sepc..'$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character
 
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
 
Title = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title);
 
end
 
  
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or
+
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
+
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al.
('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
+
if author_etal then
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
+
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
+
end
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
+
else
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
+
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report
+
end
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
+
end -- end of do
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
 
else
 
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
 
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
 
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
 
end
 
 
 
local TransError = "";
 
if is_set(TransTitle) then
 
if is_set(Title) then
 
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
 
else
 
TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
if is_set(Title) then
+
if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
+
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
 
Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin, UrlAccess ) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format;
 
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
 
Format = "";
 
else
 
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
 
 
end
 
end
else
 
Title = TransTitle .. TransError;
 
end
 
  
if is_set(Place) then
 
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
 
 
end
 
end
  
if is_set (Conference) then
+
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
+
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
+
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
end
+
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
+
 
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
+
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
+
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
 +
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
 +
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if not utilities.is_set (URL) then
 +
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
 +
('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website=
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_cite_web_url');
 +
end
 +
 +
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
 +
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url');
 +
AccessDate = '';
 +
end
 
end
 
end
  
if not is_set(Position) then
+
local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], '');
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
+
local OriginalURL
local Time = A['Time'];
+
local OriginalURL_origin
 +
local OriginalFormat
 +
local OriginalAccess;
 +
UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
 +
if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then
 +
if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it
 +
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
 +
OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages
 +
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format=
  
if is_set(Minutes) then
+
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then
if is_set (Time) then
+
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
+
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages
 +
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
 +
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
 
end
 
end
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
+
elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then
else
+
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
if is_set(Time) then
+
OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
+
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
+
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
+
 
if sepc ~= '.' then
+
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
+
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
end
+
URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages
end
+
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
+
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
else
+
elseif utilities.is_set (UrlStatus) then -- if |url-status= is set when |archive-url= is not set
Position = " " .. Position;
+
utilities.set_message ('maint_url_status'); -- add maint cat
At = '';
 
 
end
 
end
  
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
+
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
 +
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
 +
local chap_param;
 +
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
 +
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then
 +
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then
 +
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then
 +
chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin;
 +
else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat)
 +
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
 +
end
  
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
+
if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
+
utilities.set_message ('err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}); -- add error message
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
+
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
local Section = A['Section'];
+
TransChapter = '';
local Sections = A['Sections'];
+
ChapterURL = '';
local Inset = A['Inset'];
+
ScriptChapter = '';
+
ChapterFormat = '';
if is_set( Inset ) then
+
end
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
+
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
end
+
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
 +
if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
 +
if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
 +
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
 +
end
 +
end
  
if is_set( Sections ) then
+
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
+
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
elseif is_set( Section ) then
+
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
+
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then
 +
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
 +
end
 +
Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' ';
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
 +
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
 
end
 
end
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
+
end
end
 
  
if is_set (Language) then
+
-- Format main title
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
+
local plain_title = false;
else
+
local accept_title;
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
+
Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title>
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
+
if accept_title and ('' == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())"
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
+
Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message
]]
+
-- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting
 +
ScriptTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
 +
TransTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
 +
plain_title = true; -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
 
end
 
end
  
Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
+
if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
+
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title=
if is_set (Translators) then
+
Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three
Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase) .. Others;
+
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
end
+
not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
if is_set (Interviewers) then
+
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase) .. Others;
 
end
 
 
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
 
if is_set (Edition) then
 
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
 
add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');
 
 
end
 
end
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
 
else
 
Edition = '';
 
end
 
  
Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
+
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or ""; -- TODO: presentation
+
utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
 +
end
  
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";
+
if is_generic ('generic_titles', Title) then
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_generic_title'); -- set an error message
 +
end
 +
end
  
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
+
if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
 +
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
 +
('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
 +
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
 +
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
 +
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
 +
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
 +
elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above)
 +
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
 +
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
 +
else
 +
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
 +
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
 +
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
 +
end
  
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
+
if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then
if is_set(Via) then
+
if utilities.is_set (Title) then
Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
+
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
 +
else
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'title'});
 +
end
 
end
 
end
  
--[[
+
if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs?
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not. If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
+
if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
+
utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url'); -- set an error message because we can't have both
 +
TitleLink = ''; -- unset
 +
end
 
 
]]
+
if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
+
Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. Format;
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
+
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
+
Format = "";
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
+
elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then
 +
local ws_url;
 +
ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here
 +
if ws_url then
 +
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
 +
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title});
 +
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
 +
else
 +
Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle;
 +
end
 +
else
 +
local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink)
 +
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label
 +
if ws_url then
 +
Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup
 +
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
 +
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title});
 +
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
 +
else
 +
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
 +
end
 +
end
 
else
 
else
SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
+
Title = TransTitle;
 
end
 
end
  
if is_set(AccessDate) then
+
if utilities.is_set (Place) then
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
+
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
 +
end
  
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
+
local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
+
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
+
if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
 
+
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
+
end
end
+
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
+
elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
+
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
 
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
 
end
 
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
 
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
 
 
end
 
end
  
ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {IdAccessLevels=ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );
+
local Position = '';
 
+
if not utilities.is_set (Position) then
if is_set(URL) then
+
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin, UrlAccess );
+
local Time = A['Time'];
end
 
  
if is_set(Quote) then
+
if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
+
if utilities.is_set (Time) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar?
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off
+
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')});
end
 
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
 
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
 
end
 
 
local Archived
 
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
 
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
 
ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
 
end
 
if "no" == DeadURL then
 
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
 
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
 
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
 
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
 
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
 
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');  
 
 
end
 
end
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'
+
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
+
else
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
+
if utilities.is_set (Time) then
if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
+
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
+
if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then
if 'bot: unknown' == DeadURL then
+
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
add_maint_cat ('bot:_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
+
if sepc ~= '.' then
else
+
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
add_maint_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
+
end
 
end
 
end
else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'
+
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
+
end
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
 
end
 
else
 
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
 
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
 
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
 
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
 
 
end
 
end
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
 
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
 
 
else
 
else
Archived = ""
+
Position = " " .. Position;
 +
At = '';
 
end
 
end
+
 
local Lay = '';
+
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
if is_set(LayURL) then
+
 
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
+
At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
if is_set(LaySource) then
+
Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
+
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
else
+
local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier
LaySource = "";
+
local Inset = A['Inset'];
end
+
if sepc == '.' then
+
if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
+
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
else
 
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
 
 
end
 
end
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
 
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
 
end
 
  
if is_set(Transcript) then
+
if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
+
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
+
elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then
 +
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
 
end
 
end
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
+
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
+
end
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
 
end
 
  
local Publisher;
+
local Others = A['Others'];
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
+
if utilities.is_set (Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor=
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
+
if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes"
end
+
or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then -- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now
if is_set(PublisherName) then
+
utilities.set_message ('maint_others_avm')
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
 
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
 
 
else
 
else
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; 
+
utilities.set_message ('maint_others');
end
+
end
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
 
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
 
else
 
Publisher = PublicationDate;
 
 
end
 
end
 +
Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
 
 
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
+
if utilities.is_set (Translators) then
if is_set(Periodical) then
+
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then  
+
end
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
+
if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then
else
+
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 
+
--[[
+
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
+
TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
+
if utilities.is_set (Edition) then
]]
+
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn.
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
+
utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_edition'); -- add error message
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
 
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
 
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
 
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 +
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
 +
else
 +
Edition = '';
 
end
 
end
  
-- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil.
+
Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
+
local Agency = A['Agency'];
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
+
Agency = utilities.is_set (Agency) and wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}) or "";
 +
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
  
local tcommon;
+
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
+
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
 
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
 
if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
 
elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
 
if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
 
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
 
else
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
 
end
 
  
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
+
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
+
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
+
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
 
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
 
end
 
 
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
 
  
else -- all other CS1 templates
+
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
 
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
 
 
end
 
end
 
 
if #ID_list > 0 then
+
if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
+
else
+
local Docket = A['Docket'];
ID_list = ID;
+
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then
 +
ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID;
 +
end
 +
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
 +
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
 
end
 
end
 
local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
 
local text;
 
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
 
  
if is_set(Date) then
+
if utilities.is_set (URL) then
if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
+
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess );
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses
+
end
else -- neither of authors and editors set
+
 
if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
+
local Quote = A['Quote'];
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc
+
local TransQuote = A['TransQuote'];
else
+
local ScriptQuote = A['ScriptQuote'];
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc
+
if utilities.is_set (Quote) or utilities.is_set (TransQuote) or utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
 +
 
 +
if utilities.is_set (Quote) then
 +
if Quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
 +
Quote = Quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
end
+
 
if is_set(Authors) then
+
Quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
+
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
+
if utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
 +
Quote = script_concatenate (Quote, ScriptQuote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if utilities.is_set (TransQuote) then
 +
if TransQuote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and TransQuote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks
 +
TransQuote = TransQuote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
 +
end
 +
Quote = Quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransQuote );
 
end
 
end
if is_set(Editors) then
+
 
local in_text = " ";
+
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) or utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then -- add page prefix
local post_text = "";
+
local quote_prefix = '';
if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then
+
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) then
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
+
extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePage, 'quote-page'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
if (sepc ~= '.') then
+
if not NoPP then
in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2
+
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
end
+
else
else
+
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
if EditorCount <= 1 then
+
end
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
+
elseif utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then
 +
extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePages, 'quote-pages'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
 +
if tonumber(QuotePages) ~= nil and not NoPP then -- if only digits, assume single page
 +
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
 +
elseif not NoPP then
 +
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
 
else
 
else
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
+
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
 
end
 
end
end
 
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 
end
 
if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc
 
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
 
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
 
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
 
if is_set (Editors) and is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
 
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 
end
 
if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
 
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 
 
end
 
end
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
+
                       
 +
Quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. Quote;
 
else
 
else
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
+
Quote = sepc .. " " .. Quote;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
 +
end
 +
 +
-- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by
 +
-- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't
 +
-- a displayed postscript.
 +
-- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable?
 +
-- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern?
 +
if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript')
 +
end
 +
 +
local Archived;
 +
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
 +
local arch_text;
 +
if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date');
 +
ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
 
end
 
end
elseif is_set(Editors) then
+
if "live" == UrlStatus then
if is_set(Date) then
+
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if EditorCount <= 1 then
+
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
+
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
 +
Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'],
 +
{external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
 
else
 
else
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
+
Archived = '';
 
end
 
end
else
+
if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
+
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
+
Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
else
 
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
 
 
end
 
end
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'
 +
if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
 +
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit'];
 +
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
 +
Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
 +
if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
 +
else
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
 +
end
 +
else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead'
 +
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
 +
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
 +
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
 +
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,
 +
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
 +
else
 +
Archived = ''; -- unset for concatenation
 +
end
 +
end
 +
else -- OriginalUrl not set
 +
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
 +
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');
 +
Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
 
end
 
end
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
+
elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
 +
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
 
else
 
else
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
+
Archived = '';
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
 
else
 
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 
 
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
+
local Lay = '';
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
+
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
+
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
end
+
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
+
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
+
if utilities.is_set (LayURL) then
 
+
if utilities.is_set (LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
+
if utilities.is_set (LaySource) then
local options = {};
+
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. utilities.safe_for_italics (LaySource) .. "''";
+
else
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
+
LaySource = "";
options.class = config.CitationClass;
+
end
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
+
if sepc == '.' then
else
+
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
options.class = "citation";
+
else
 +
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
 +
end
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
 +
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
 
end
 
end
 
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate
 
local id = Ref
 
if ('harv' == Ref ) then
 
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
 
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
 
  
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
+
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
namelist = c; -- select it
+
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
+
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
namelist = a;
+
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
+
local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
namelist = e;
+
if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then
end
+
if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist
+
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
 
else
 
id = ''; -- unset
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
options.id = id;
+
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
 +
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
 
end
 
end
+
 
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other html-like markup; then get length of what remains
+
local Publisher;
z.error_categories = {};
+
if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then
text = set_error('empty_citation');
+
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
z.message_tail = {};
 
 
end
 
end
+
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation
+
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
 
+
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
if is_set(options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
+
else
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set
+
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
else
+
end
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases
+
elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then  
end
+
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
 
+
else
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation
+
Publisher = PublicationDate;
 
 
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
 
table.insert (render, ' ');
 
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
 
if is_set(v[1]) then
 
if i == #z.message_tail then
 
table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1], v[2] ));
 
else
 
table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] ));
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 
+
if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
+
local TransPeriodical = A['TransPeriodical'];
table.insert (render, '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33; margin-left:0.3em">');
+
local TransPeriodical_origin =  A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical');
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
+
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
table.insert (render, v);
+
if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then
table.insert (render, ' (');
+
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then
table.insert (render, make_wikilink (':Category:' .. v, 'link'));
+
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
table.insert (render, ') ');
+
else
 +
Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
 
end
 
end
table.insert (render, '</span>');
 
 
end
 
end
 
 
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
+
local Language = A['Language'];
if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
+
if utilities.is_set (Language) then
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
+
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc.
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
+
else
end
+
Language=''; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
+
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
+
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
end
+
]]
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories
 
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
  
return table.concat (render);
+
--[[
end
+
Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
 +
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
 +
]]
 +
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
 +
TitleNote = TitleType; -- move TitleType to TitleNote so that it renders ahead of |event=
 +
TitleType = ''; -- and unset
  
 
+
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
--[[--------------------------< C S 1 . C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------
+
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
 
+
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
+
end
 
+
end
]]
+
end
 
+
 
function cs1.citation(frame)
+
-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
Frame = frame; -- save a copy incase we need to display an error message in preview mode
+
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
local pframe = frame:getParent()
+
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata;
+
 
+
local tcommon;
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
+
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules
+
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
+
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox');
+
if utilities.is_set (Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here?
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');
+
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox');
+
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox');
+
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc.
+
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
else -- otherwise
+
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules
+
else
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
+
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
+
end
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');
+
 
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
+
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
+
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
end
+
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
 
+
elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables
+
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
+
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
+
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
+
end
 
+
dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation
+
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
+
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates;
+
 
date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash;
+
else -- all other CS1 templates
date_name_xlate = validation.date_name_xlate;
+
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
 
+
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
+
end
in_array = utilities.in_array;
+
substitute = utilities.substitute;
+
if #ID_list > 0 then
error_comment = utilities.error_comment;
+
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
set_error = utilities.set_error;
+
else
select_one = utilities.select_one;
+
ID_list = ID;
add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat;
+
end
wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style;
+
safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics;
+
local Via = A['Via'];
is_wikilink = utilities.is_wikilink;
+
Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and  wrap_msg ('via', Via) or '';
make_wikilink = utilities.make_wikilink;
+
local idcommon;
 
+
if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
+
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
 
+
else
extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
+
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list;
+
end
is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed;
+
extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels;
+
local text;
+
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
+
 
get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages;
+
local OrigDate = A['OrigDate'];
COinS = metadata.COinS;
+
OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or '';
 
+
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments
+
if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
+
Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses
local error_text, error_state;
+
else -- neither of authors and editors set
 
+
if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
+
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
+
else
config[k] = v;
+
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc
-- args[k] = v; -- debug tool that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}
+
end
end
+
end
 
+
end
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
+
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
+
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
if v ~= '' then
+
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then
+
end
error_text = "";
+
if utilities.is_set (Editors) then
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
+
local in_text = " ";
-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
+
local post_text = "";
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
+
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
+
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
 +
if (sepc ~= '.') then
 +
in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2
 +
end
 +
end
 +
if EditorCount <= 1 then
 +
post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")"; -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case
 +
else
 +
post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")";
 +
end
 +
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 +
end
 +
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc.
 +
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
 +
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
 +
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
 +
if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
 +
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 +
end
 +
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
 +
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 +
end
 +
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
 +
else
 +
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
 +
end
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then
 +
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
 +
if EditorCount <= 1 then
 +
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
 +
else
 +
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
 +
end
 +
else
 +
if EditorCount <= 1 then
 +
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
 +
else
 +
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
 +
end
 +
end
 +
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
 +
else
 +
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
 +
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
 +
else
 +
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 +
if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
 +
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
 +
text = text:sub(1, -sepc:len() - 1);
 +
end
 +
 +
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
 +
 
 +
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element
 +
local options_t = {};
 +
options_t.class = cite_class_attribute_make (config.CitationClass, Mode);
 +
 
 +
local Ref = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Ref'], A:ORIGIN('Ref'), cfg.keywords_lists['ref'], nil, true); -- nil when |ref=harv; A['Ref'] else
 +
 
 +
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[(Ref and Ref:lower()) or ''] then
 +
local namelist_t = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
 +
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
 +
 
 +
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
 +
namelist_t = c; -- select it
 +
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
 +
namelist_t = a;
 +
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
 +
namelist_t = e;
 +
end
 +
local citeref_id;
 +
if #namelist_t > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist_t
 +
citeref_id = make_citeref_id (namelist_t, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
 +
if mw.uri.anchorEncode (citeref_id) == ((Ref and mw.uri.anchorEncode (Ref)) or '') then -- Ref may already be encoded (by {{sfnref}}) so citeref_id must be encoded before comparison
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_duplicates_default');
 +
end
 +
else
 +
citeref_id = ''; -- unset
 +
end
 +
options_t.id = Ref or citeref_id;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if string.len (text:gsub('%b<>', '')) <= 2 then -- remove html and html-like tags; then get length of what remains;
 +
z.error_cats_t = {}; -- blank the categories list
 +
z.error_msgs_t = {}; -- blank the error messages list
 +
OCinSoutput = nil; -- blank the metadata string
 +
text = ''; -- blank the the citation
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation'); -- set empty citation message and category
 +
end
 +
 +
local render_t = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation
 +
 
 +
if utilities.is_set (options_t.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
 +
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options_t.id), mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set or when there is a namelist
 +
else
 +
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref=none or when namelist_t empty and |ref= is missing or is empty
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if OCinSoutput then -- blanked when citation is 'empty' so don't bother to add boilerplate metadata span
 +
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], OCinSoutput)); -- format and append metadata to the citation
 +
end
 +
 
 +
local template_name = ('citation' == config.CitationClass) and 'citation' or 'cite ' .. (cfg.citation_class_map_t[config.CitationClass] or config.CitationClass);
 +
local template_link = '[[Template:' .. template_name .. '|' .. template_name .. ']]'; -- TODO: if kept, these require some sort of i18n
 +
local msg_prefix = '<code class="cs1-code">{{' .. template_link .. '}}</code>: ';
 +
 
 +
if 0 ~= #z.error_msgs_t then
 +
mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_e, template_link));
 +
 
 +
table.insert (render_t, ' '); -- insert a space between citation and its error messages
 +
table.sort (z.error_msgs_t); -- sort the error messages list; sorting includes wrapping <span> and <code> tags; hidden-error sorts ahead of visible-error
 +
 
 +
local hidden = true; -- presume that the only error messages emited by this template are hidden
 +
for _, v in ipairs (z.error_msgs_t) do -- spin through the list of error messages
 +
if v:find ('cs1-visible-error', 1, true) then -- look for the visible error class name
 +
hidden = false; -- found one; so don't hide the error message prefix
 +
break; -- and done because no need to look further
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
z.error_msgs_t[1] = table.concat ({utilities.error_comment (msg_prefix, hidden), z.error_msgs_t[1]}); -- add error message prefix to first error message to prevent extraneous punctuation
 +
table.insert (render_t, table.concat (z.error_msgs_t, '; ')); -- make a big string of error messages and add it to the rendering
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if 0 ~= #z.maint_cats_t then
 +
mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_m, template_link));
 +
 
 +
table.sort (z.maint_cats_t); -- sort the maintenance messages list
 +
 
 +
local maint_msgs_t = {}; -- here we collect all of the maint messages
 +
 
 +
if 0 == #z.error_msgs_t then -- if no error messages
 +
table.insert (maint_msgs_t, msg_prefix); -- insert message prefix in maint message livery
 +
end
 +
 +
for _, v in ipairs( z.maint_cats_t ) do -- append maintenance categories
 +
table.insert (maint_msgs_t, -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs_t table
 +
table.concat ({v, ' (', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], v), ')'})
 +
);
 +
end
 +
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs_t, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint messages with proper presentation and save
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if not no_tracking_cats then
 +
for _, v in ipairs (z.error_cats_t) do -- append error categories
 +
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v));
 +
end
 +
for _, v in ipairs (z.maint_cats_t) do -- append maintenance categories
 +
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v));
 +
end
 +
for _, v in ipairs (z.prop_cats_t) do -- append properties categories
 +
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v));
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
return table.concat (render_t); -- make a big string and done
 +
end
 +
 
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.
 +
 
 +
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
 +
true - active, supported parameters
 +
false - deprecated, supported parameters
 +
nil - unsupported parameters
 +
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function validate (name, cite_class, empty)
 +
local name = tostring (name);
 +
local enum_name; -- for enumerated parameters, is name with enumerator replaced with '#'
 +
local state;
 +
local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values
 +
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
 +
if false == state then
 +
if empty then return nil; end -- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns
 +
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
 +
return true;
 +
end
 +
if 'tracked' == state then
 +
local base_name = name:gsub ('%d', ''); -- strip enumerators from parameter names that have them to get the base name
 +
utilities.add_prop_cat ('tracked-param', {base_name}, base_name); -- add a properties category; <base_name> modifies <key>
 +
return true;
 +
end
 +
return nil;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted
 +
return nil;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list ) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
 +
state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name];
 +
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 +
 
 +
state = whitelist.preprint_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
 +
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 +
 
 +
-- limited enumerated parameters list
 +
enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
 +
state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[enum_name];
 +
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 +
 
 +
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
 +
end -- end limited parameter-set templates
 +
 
 +
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list) then -- experiment for template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list
 +
state = whitelist.unique_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class
 +
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 +
end -- if here, fall into general validation
 +
 +
state = whitelist.basic_arguments[name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed
 +
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 +
 
 +
-- all enumerated parameters allowed
 +
enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
 +
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[enum_name];
 +
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 +
 
 +
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
 +
end
 +
 
 +
 
 +
--[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup.  <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
 +
code.  when these values have the form (without leading colon):
 +
[[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text
 +
[[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text
 +
 
 +
return value as is else
 +
 
 +
]=]
 +
 
 +
local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value)
 +
local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists
 +
local _;
 +
 +
if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter); -- emit an error message
 +
_, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink
 +
end
 +
return value;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
 +
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
 +
parameter that is missing its pipe.  There are two tests made:
 +
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name
 +
{{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki)
 +
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives XML/HTML
 +
tags are removed before the search.
 +
 
 +
If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value)
 +
local capture;
 +
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc.
 +
 
 +
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
 +
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter);
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >--------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value)
 +
if 'number' == type (param) then
 +
return;
 +
end
 +
 +
param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize
 +
if cfg.punct_skip[param] then
 +
return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done
 +
end
 +
 +
if value:match ('[,;:]$') then
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
 +
end
 +
if value:match ('^=') then -- sometimes an extraneous '=' character appears ...
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ U R L >------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
look for extraneous url parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function has_extraneous_url (url_param_t)
 +
local url_error_t = {};
 +
 +
check_for_url (url_param_t, url_error_t); -- extraneous url check
 +
if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors
 +
table.sort (url_error_t);
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_ext_link', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)}); -- add this error message
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >--------------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function citation(frame)
 +
Frame = frame; -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode
 +
is_sandbox = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true);
 +
local pframe = frame:getParent()
 +
local styles;
 +
 +
if is_sandbox then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
 +
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules
 +
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
 +
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox');
 +
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');
 +
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox');
 +
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox');
 +
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css';
 +
 +
else -- otherwise
 +
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules
 +
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
 +
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
 +
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');
 +
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
 +
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
 +
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css';
 +
end
 +
 
 +
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables
 +
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
 +
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
 +
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
 +
 
 +
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 +
 
 +
is_preview_mode = not utilities.is_set (frame:preprocess ('{{REVISIONID}}'));
 +
 
 +
local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments
 +
local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
 +
local error_text; -- used as a flag
 +
 
 +
local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
 +
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame
 +
config[k] = v;
 +
-- args[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep?
 +
end
 +
 
 +
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
 +
local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing
 +
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame
 +
v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string
 +
if v ~= '' then
 +
if ('string' == type (k)) then
 +
k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
 +
end
 +
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then
 +
if type (k) ~= 'string' then -- exclude empty numbered parameters
 +
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
 +
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_text_ignored', {v});
 
end
 
end
elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then  
+
elseif validate (k:lower(), config.CitationClass) then  
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
+
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
 
else
 
else
 
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
 
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
+
if is_sandbox then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
 
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version
 
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version
 
else
 
else
Line 3,504: Line 4,108:
 
end
 
end
 
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
 
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
+
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match
 
if capture then -- if the pattern matches  
 
if capture then -- if the pattern matches  
param = substitute( param, capture ); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
+
param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true ); -- set the error message
+
if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
 +
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}); -- set the suggestion error message
 +
else
 +
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k}); -- suggested param not supported by this template
 +
v = ''; -- unset
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
+
if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion?
if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
+
if (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil) and validate (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ], config.CitationClass) then
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
+
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]});
 
else
 
else
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
+
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k});
 
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
 
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end    
 
end    
if error_text ~= '' then
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
missing_pipe_check (v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
+
 
+
args[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value
args[k] = v;
+
 
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
+
elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters
args[k] = v;
+
if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter
end
+
k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text
 +
table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list
 +
end
 +
-- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep?
 +
-- elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that)
 +
-- args[k] = v; -- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here
 +
end -- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact?
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', {
 +
1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's',
 +
utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns)
 +
});
 +
end
 +
 +
local url_param_t = {};
  
 
for k, v in pairs( args ) do
 
for k, v in pairs( args ) do
 
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
 
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
has_invisible_chars (k, v);
+
has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters
 +
end
 +
has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values
 +
missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
 +
args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label
 +
 
 +
if 'string' == type (k) and not cfg.url_skip[k] then -- when parameter k is not positional and not in url skip table
 +
url_param_t[k] = v; -- make a parameter/value list for extraneous url check
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
return citation0( config, args)
+
 
 +
has_extraneous_url (url_param_t); -- look for url in parameter values where a url does not belong
 +
 
 +
return table.concat ({
 +
frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles}),
 +
citation0( config, args)
 +
});
 
end
 
end
  
return cs1;
+
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D  F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
return {citation = citation};

Latest revision as of 08:52, 17 May 2022

Lua error in Module:TNT at line 159: Missing JsonConfig extension; Cannot load https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Data:I18n/Uses TemplateStyles.tab.


This module and associated sub-modules support the Citation Style 1 and Citation Style 2 citation templates. In general, it is not intended to be called directly, but is called by one of the core CS1 and CS2 templates.

These files comprise the module support for cs1|2 citation templates:

cs1 Template:Pipe cs2 modules
  live sandbox description
Gold padlock Module:Citation/CS1 Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox [edit] Rendering and support functions
Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox [edit] Translation tables; error and identifier handlers
Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox [edit] List of active, deprecated, and obsolete cs1Template:Pipe2 parameters
Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation/sandbox [edit] Date format validation functions
Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox [edit] Functions that support the named identifiers (isbn, doi, pmid, etc)
Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox [edit] Common functions and tables
Module:Citation/CS1/COinS Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox [edit] Functions that render a cs1Template:Pipe2 template's metadata
Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css [edit] CSS styles applied to the cs1Template:Pipe2 templates
auto confirmed Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox [edit] List that maps common erroneous parameter names to valid parameter names


Other documentation:


require ('Module:No globals');

--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D   D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------

each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit

]]

local validation;																-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation

local utilities;																-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local z ={};																	-- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

local identifiers;																-- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
local metadata;																	-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
local cfg = {};																	-- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {};															-- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist


--[[------------------< P A G E   S C O P E   V A R I A B L E S >---------------

declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from
other modules; that are created here and used here

]]

local added_deprecated_cat;														-- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_vanc_errs;															-- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
local added_generic_name_errs;													-- Boolean flag so we only emit one generic name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered
local Frame;																	-- holds the module's frame table
local is_preview_mode;															-- true when article is in preview mode; false when using 'Preview page with this template' (previewing the module)
local is_sandbox;																-- true when using sandbox modules to render citation


--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------

Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table,
left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated.  Returns nil if none are set.

This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs.  With the pairs
version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed.  With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.

]]

local function first_set (list, count)
	local i = 1;
	while i <= count do															-- loop through all items in list
		if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then
			return list[i];														-- return the first set list member
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- point to next
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------

Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.

added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above

]]

local function add_vanc_error (source, position)
	if added_vanc_errs then return end
		
	added_vanc_errs = true;														-- note that we've added this category
	utilities.set_message ('err_vancouver', {source, position});
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------

does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
	Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
   letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
   ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").

returns true if it does, else false

]]

local function is_scheme (scheme)
	return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:');						-- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------

Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?

Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
	see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db

RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.

Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported

domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD.  tld
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.

There are several tests:
	the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
	internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
	single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs
	q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
	i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
	single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
	two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
	three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
	IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed

returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false

]=]

local function is_domain_name (domain)
	if not domain then
		return false;															-- if not set, abandon
	end
	
	domain = domain:gsub ('^//', '');											-- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
	
	if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then											-- first character must be letter or digit
		return false;
	end

	if domain:match ('^%a+:') then												-- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource
		return false;
	end

	local patterns = {															-- patterns that look like URLs
		'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$',										-- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
		'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$',									-- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
		'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$',													-- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
		'%f[%a][iq]%.net$',														-- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
		'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$',													-- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars)
		'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$',												-- two character hostname and TLD
		'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?',								-- IPv4 address
		}

	for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do										-- loop through the patterns list
		if domain:match (pattern) then
			return true;														-- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL
		end
	end

	for _, d in ipairs ({'cash', 'company', 'today', 'org'}) do					-- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains
		if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then
			return true
		end
	end
	return false;																-- no matches, we don't know what this thing is
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------

returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false.

This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
wikilinks.

]]

local function is_url (scheme, domain)
	if utilities.is_set (scheme) then											-- if scheme is set check it and domain
		return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
	else
		return is_domain_name (domain);											-- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.

First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).

If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.

When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.

Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//).  TODO: are there other common schemes
like news: that don't use authority indicator?

Strip off any port and path;

]]

local function split_url (url_str)
	local scheme, authority, domain;
	
	url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1');						-- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')

	if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then											-- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL
		domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
	elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then										-- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
		scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)');			-- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
		if utilities.is_set (authority) then
			authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1);							-- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
			if utilities.is_set(authority) then									-- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
				return scheme;													-- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
			end
		else
			if not scheme:match ('^news:') then									-- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test?
				return scheme;													-- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
			end
		end
		domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1');								-- strip port number if present
	end
	
	return scheme, domain;
end


--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs

Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
	# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links

returns false when the value contains any of these characters.

When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).

]]

local function link_param_ok (value)
	local scheme, domain;
	if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then											-- if any prohibited characters
		return false;
	end

	scheme, domain = split_url (value);											-- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL; 
	return not is_url (scheme, domain);											-- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL
end


--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.

|<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
that condition exists

check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix.  prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code and must begin with a colon.

]]

local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
local orig;
	if utilities.is_set (link) then 											-- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
		if not link_param_ok (link) then										-- check |<param>-link= markup
			orig = lorig;														-- identify the failing link parameter
		elseif title:find ('%[%[') then											-- check |title= for wikilink markup
			orig = torig;														-- identify the failing |title= parameter
		elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then										-- if the link is what looks like an interwiki
			local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower();						-- get the interwiki prefix

			if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then									-- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon
				orig = lorig;													-- flag as error
			end
		end
	end

	if utilities.is_set (orig) then
		link = '';																-- unset
		utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', orig);						-- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
	end
	
	return link;																-- link if ok, empty string else
end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.

First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the URL into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the URL.  If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.

Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4

]]

local function check_url( url_str )
	if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then										-- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL
		return false;
	end
	local scheme, domain;

	scheme, domain = split_url (url_str);										-- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
	
	if 'news:' == scheme then													-- special case for newsgroups
		return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$');
	end
	
	return is_url (scheme, domain);												-- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------

Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL.  The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs.

The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs.  The tests that
find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].

]=]

local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
local scheme, domain;

	if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then								-- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
	elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then								-- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
	elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then										-- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
	elseif value:match ('//%S+') then											-- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)'));					-- what is left should be the domain
	else
		return false;															-- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL
	end

	return is_url (scheme, domain);												-- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end


--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------

loop through a list of parameters and their values.  Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.

]]

local function check_for_url (parameter_list, error_list)
	for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do										-- for each parameter in the list
		if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then									-- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message
			table.insert (error_list, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k));
		end
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------

Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions

]]

local function safe_for_url( str )
	if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then 
		utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url', {});
	end
	
	return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {	
		['['] = '&#91;',
		[']'] = '&#93;',
		['\n'] = ' ' } );
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------

Format an external link with error checking

]]

local function external_link (URL, label, source, access)
	local err_msg = '';
	local domain;
	local path;
	local base_url;

	if not utilities.is_set (label) then
		label = URL;
		if utilities.is_set (source) then
			utilities.set_message ('err_bare_url_missing_title', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});
		else
			error (cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"]);
		end			
	end
	if not check_url (URL) then
		utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});
	end
	
	domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$');					-- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path
	if path then																-- if there is a path portion
		path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'});			-- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values
		URL = table.concat ({domain, path});									-- and reassemble
	end

	base_url = table.concat ({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" });		-- assemble a wiki-markup URL

	if utilities.is_set (access) then											-- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
		base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url});	-- add the appropriate icon
	end

	return base_url;
end


--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------

Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  The function includes the
offending parameter name to the error message.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
parameters in the citation.

added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above

]]

local function deprecated_parameter(name)
	if not added_deprecated_cat then
		added_deprecated_cat = true;											-- note that we've added this category
		utilities.set_message ('err_deprecated_params', {name});				-- add error message
	end
end


--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------

Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.

This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
	"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
	" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned.

Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.

Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles.

]=]

local function kern_quotes (str)
	local cap = '';
	local wl_type, label, link;

	wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str);							-- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
	
	if 1 == wl_type then														-- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
		if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then		-- leading and trailing quote marks
			str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str);
			str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str);
		elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]')	then			-- leading quote marks
			str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str);
		elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then				-- trailing quote marks
			str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str);
		end

	else																		-- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
		label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"');							-- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
		label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\'');							-- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)

		cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'][^\'].+)");						-- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
		if utilities.is_set (cap) then
			label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], cap);
		end
	
		cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'][\"\'])$")						-- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
		if utilities.is_set (cap) then
			label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], cap);
		end
		
		if 2 == wl_type then
			str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label);						-- reassemble the wikilink
		else
			str = label;
		end
	end
	return str;
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------

|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.

Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right.

|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon:
	|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
	|script-title=ja : *** ***
	|script-title=ja: *** ***
	|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***

The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.

Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>=

]]

local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param)
	local lang='';																-- initialize to empty string
	local name;
	if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then									-- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix
		lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*');						-- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
		if not utilities.is_set (lang) then
			utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing title part'});		-- prefix without 'title'; add error message
			return '';															-- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
		end
																				-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
		name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code );	-- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
		if utilities.is_set (name) then											-- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
			script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', '');				-- strip prefix from script
																				-- is prefix one of these language codes?
			if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
				utilities.add_prop_cat ('script', {name, lang})
			else
				utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'unknown language code'});	-- unknown script-language; add error message
			end
			lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" ';									-- convert prefix into a lang attribute
		else
			utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'invalid language code'});		-- invalid language code; add error message
			lang = '';															-- invalid so set lang to empty string
		end
	else
		utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing prefix'});				-- no language code prefix; add error message
	end
	script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value});	-- isolate in case script is RTL

	return script_value;
end


--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------

Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script
value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags.

]]

local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param)
	if utilities.is_set (script) then
		script = format_script_value (script, script_param);					-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error
		if utilities.is_set (script) then
			title = title .. ' ' .. script;										-- concatenate title and script title
		end
	end
	return title;
end


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------

Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().

]]

local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
	if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then
		return "";
	end
	if true == lower then
		local msg;
		msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower();										-- set the message to lower case before 
		return utilities.substitute ( msg, str );								-- including template text
	else
		return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str );
	end		
end


--[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >-------------------

Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link.  Returns the URL and appropriate
label; nil else.

str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link=

]]

local function wikisource_url_make (str)
	local wl_type, D, L;
	local ws_url, ws_label;
	local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'});

	wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str);								-- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)

	if 0 == wl_type then														-- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=
		str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)');		-- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
		if utilities.is_set (str) then
			ws_url = table.concat ({											-- build a Wikisource URL
				wikisource_prefix,												-- prefix
				str,															-- article title
				});
			ws_label = str;														-- label for the URL
		end
	elseif 1 == wl_type then													-- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]]
		str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)');		-- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
		if utilities.is_set (str) then
			ws_url = table.concat ({											-- build a Wikisource URL
				wikisource_prefix,												-- prefix
				str,															-- article title
				});
			ws_label = str;														-- label for the URL
		end
	elseif 2 == wl_type then													-- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]])
		str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)');		-- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
		if utilities.is_set (str) then
			ws_label = D;														-- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link
			ws_url = table.concat ({											-- build a Wikisource URL
				wikisource_prefix,												-- prefix
				str,															-- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink
				});
		end
	end

	if ws_url then
		ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI');								-- make a usable URL
		ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#');										-- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker
	end

	return ws_url, ws_label, L or D;											-- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil
end


--[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >-----------------------

Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=,
and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter.

]]

local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical)

	if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then
		periodical = '';														-- to be safe for concatenation
	else
		periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical);			-- style 
	end

	periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source);	-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped

	if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then
		trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical);
		if utilities.is_set (periodical) then
			periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical;
		else																	-- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical
			periodical = trans_periodical;
			utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'});
		end
	end

	return periodical;
end


--[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >---------------

Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=,
and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used
for error messages).

]]

local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
	local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter);					-- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link
	if ws_url then
		ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' ');									-- replace underscore separators with space characters
		chapter = ws_label;
	end

	if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then
		chapter = '';															-- to be safe for concatenation
	else
		if false == no_quotes then
			chapter = kern_quotes (chapter);									-- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
			chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
		end
	end

	chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source);	-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped

	if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then
		chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access);	-- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
	elseif ws_url then
		chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in chapter');	-- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this?
		chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter});				
	end

	if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then
		trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter);
		if utilities.is_set (chapter) then
			chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter;
		else																	-- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter
			chapter = trans_chapter;
			chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)');		-- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param>
			utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source});
		end
	end

	return chapter;
end


--[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >-------------------

This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters.
The search stops at the first match.

This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource.

Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers
(gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message.
See also coins_cleanup().

Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the
Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or,
for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value.

]]

local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
	local position = '';														-- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
	local capture;																-- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
	local stripmarker;															-- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found

	capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*');										-- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
	if capture == v then														-- if same there are no Unicode characters
		return;
	end

	for _, invisible_char in ipairs (cfg.invisible_chars) do
		local char_name = invisible_char[1];									-- the character or group name
		local pattern = invisible_char[2];										-- the pattern used to find it
		position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern);					-- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
		
		if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then				-- if we found a zero-width joiner character
			if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then						-- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts
				position = nil;													-- unset position
			elseif cfg.emoji[mw.ustring.codepoint (v, position+1)] then			-- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}?
				position = nil;													-- unset position
			end
		end
		
		if position then
			if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or						-- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
				('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then	-- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
					stripmarker = true;											-- set a flag
			elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then	-- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
				position = nil;													-- unset
			else
				local err_msg;
				if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then
					err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char_name;
				else
					err_msg = char_name .. ' ' .. 'character';
				end

				utilities.set_message ('err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position});	-- add error message
				return;															-- and done with this parameter
			end
		end
	end
end


--[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------

Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined
in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to
single internal variable.

]]

local function argument_wrapper ( args )
	local origin = {};
	
	return setmetatable({
		ORIGIN = function ( self, k )
			local dummy = self[k];												-- force the variable to be loaded.
			return origin[k];
		end
	},
	{
		__index = function ( tbl, k )
			if origin[k] ~= nil then
				return nil;
			end
			
			local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
			
			if type( list ) == 'table' then
				v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' );
				if origin[k] == nil then
					origin[k] = '';												-- Empty string, not nil
				end
			elseif list ~= nil then
				v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
			else
				-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
				-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
				error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k);
			end
			
			-- Empty strings, not nil;
			if v == nil then
				v = '';
				origin[k] = '';
			end
			
			tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
			return v;
		end,
	});
end


--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------

When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.
When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span:
<span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY

DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.

]]

local function nowrap_date (date)
	local cap = '';
	local cap2 = '';

	if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
		date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
	
	elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
		cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
		date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
	end
	
	return date;
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------

This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including
|type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the
special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation
(|type=none).

]]

local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
	if utilities.is_set (title_type) then
		if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then
			title_type = '';													-- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
		end
		return title_type;														-- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
	end

	return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or '';									-- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >-----------------------------

Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.

]]

local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
	local f = {};																-- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character'
		if 1 == #duplicate_char then											-- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions
			f.gsub = string.gsub
			f.match = string.match
			f.sub = string.sub
		else																	-- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
			f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub
			f.match = mw.ustring.match
			f.sub = mw.ustring.sub
		end

	local str = '';																-- the output string
	local comp = '';															-- what does 'comp' mean?
	local end_chr = '';
	local trim;
	for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
		if value == nil then value = ''; end
		
		if str == '' then														-- if output string is empty
			str = value;														-- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
		elseif value ~= '' then
			if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then										-- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
				comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" );								-- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
			else
				comp = value;
			end
																				-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
			if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then							-- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
																				--   Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
																				--   preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.?
				trim = false;
				end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1);									-- get the last character of the output string
				-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")"				-- debug stuff?
				if end_chr == duplicate_char then								-- if same as separator
					str = f.sub(str, 1, -2);									-- remove it
				elseif end_chr == "'" then										-- if it might be wiki-markup
					if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then		-- if last three chars of str are sepc'' 
						str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''";						-- remove them and add back ''
					elseif  f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then	-- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' 
						trim = true;											-- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
					elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then	-- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' 
						trim = true;											-- same question
					end
				elseif end_chr == "]" then										-- if it might be wiki-markup
					if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then		-- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink 
						trim = true;
					elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then	-- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link 
						trim = true;
					elseif  f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then	-- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
						trim = true;
					elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then	-- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
						trim = true;
					end
				elseif end_chr == " " then										-- if last char of output string is a space
					if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then			-- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
						str = f.sub(str, 1, -3);								-- remove them both
					end
				end

				if trim then
					if value ~= comp then 										-- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup
						local dup2 = duplicate_char;
						if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end	-- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
						
						value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 )		-- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup
					else
						value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 );							-- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
					end
				end
			end
			str = str .. value; 												-- add it to the output string
		end
	end
	return str;
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >-----------------------------

returns true if suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9.
Puncutation not allowed.

]]

local function is_suffix (suffix)
	if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
		return true;
	end
	return false;
end


--[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------

For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin
(read ASCII) characters.  When a name uses characters that contain diacritical
marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin
character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that
name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this
so editors may/must.

This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined
in the four Unicode Latin character sets
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F

|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes.
	(http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods

This original test:
	if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$")
	or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor
gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has
been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes
of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor
to maintain this code.

	\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
	\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
	\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
	\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)

]]

local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, position)
	if not suffix then
		if first:find ('[,%s]') then											-- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix
			first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+');									-- get name/initials
			suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$');								-- get generational suffix
		end
	end
	if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
		if not is_suffix (suffix) then
			add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position);
			return false;														-- not a name with an appropriate suffix
		end
	end
	if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
		nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
			add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char'], position);
			return false;														-- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
	end;
	return true;
end


--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------

Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc.  

Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period.
See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.

Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered
as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format
because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.

This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the
Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().

]]

local function reduce_to_initials(first, position)
	local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");

	if not name then															-- if not initials and a suffix
		name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$");								-- is it just initials?
	end

	if name then																-- if first is initials with or without suffix
		if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then										-- if one or two initials
			if suffix then														-- if there is a suffix
				if is_suffix (suffix) then										-- is it legitimate?
					return first;												-- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
				else
					add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position);			-- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
					return first;												-- and return first unmolested
				end
			else
				return first;													-- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
			end
		end
	end																			-- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word

	local initials, names = {}, {};												-- tables to hold name parts and initials
	local i = 1;																-- counter for number of initials

	names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+');									-- split into a table of names and possible suffix

	while names[i] do															-- loop through the table
		if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then				-- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
			names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', '');								-- remove terminal dot if present
			if is_suffix (names[i]) then										-- if a legitimate suffix
				table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]);						-- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table
				break;															-- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
			end																	-- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
		end
		if 3 > i then
			table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i], 1, 1));			-- insert the initial at end of initials table
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- bump the counter
	end
			
	return table.concat(initials)												-- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end


--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >--------------------------

Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators) 

names in the list will be linked when
	|<name>-link= has a value
	|<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been
		rendered previously so should have been linked there

when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered

]]

local function list_people (control, people, etal)
	local sep;
	local namesep;
	local format = control.format;
	local maximum = control.maximum;
	local name_list = {};

	if 'vanc' == format then													-- Vancouver-like name styling?
		sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc'];									-- name-list separator between names is a comma
		namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc'];							-- last/first separator is a space
	else
		sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl'];										-- name-list separator between names is a semicolon
		namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name'];									-- last/first separator is <comma><space>
	end
	
	if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
	if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end		-- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names
	
	for i, person in ipairs (people) do
		if utilities.is_set (person.last) then
			local mask = person.mask;
			local one;
			local sep_one = sep;

			if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
				etal = true;
				break;
			end
			
			if mask then
				local n = tonumber (mask);										-- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else
				if n then
					one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("&mdash;", n) or nil;			-- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name
					person.link = nil;											-- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil
				else
					one = mask;													-- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator)
					sep_one = " ";												-- modify name-list separator
				end
			else
				one = person.last;												-- get surname
				local first = person.first										-- get given name
				if utilities.is_set (first) then
					if ("vanc" == format) then									-- if Vancouver format
						one = one:gsub ('%.', '');								-- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
						if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first, nil, i) then		-- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
							first = reduce_to_initials (first, i);				-- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
						end
					end
					one = one .. namesep .. first;
				end
			end
			if utilities.is_set (person.link) then
				one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one);				-- link author/editor
			end
			if one then															-- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement)
				table.insert (name_list, one);									-- add it to the list of names
				table.insert (name_list, sep_one);								-- add the proper name-list separator
			end
		end
	end

	local count = #name_list / 2;												-- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
	if 0 < count then 
		if 1 < count and not etal then
			if 'amp' == format then
				name_list[#name_list-2] = " & ";								-- replace last separator with ampersand text
			elseif 'and' == format then
				if 2 == count then
					name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and;		-- replace last separator with 'and' text
				else
					name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end;		-- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text
				end
			end
		end
		name_list[#name_list] = nil;											-- erase the last separator
	end

	local result = table.concat (name_list);									-- construct list
	if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then									-- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
		result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];					-- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al.
	end
	
	return result, count;														-- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only)
end


--[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >-----------------------

Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise
returns an empty string.

namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that
order.  year is Year or anchor_year.

]]

local function make_citeref_id (namelist, year)
	local names={};							-- a table for the one to four names and year
	for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do			-- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
		names[i] = v.last
		if i == 4 then break end			-- if four then done
	end
	table.insert (names, year);				-- add the year at the end
	local id = table.concat(names);			-- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
	if utilities.is_set (id) then			-- if concatenation is not an empty string
		return "CITEREF" .. id;				-- add the CITEREF portion
	else
		return '';							-- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< C I T E _ C L A S S _A T T R I B U T E _M A K E >------------------------------

construct <cite> tag class attribute for this citation.

<cite_class> – config.CitationClass from calling template
<mode> – value from |mode= parameter

]]

local function cite_class_attribute_make (cite_class, mode)
	local class_t = {};
	table.insert (class_t, 'citation');											-- required for blue highlight
	if 'citation' ~= cite_class then
		table.insert (class_t, cite_class);										-- identify this template for user css
		table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs1');		-- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
	else
		table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs2');		-- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
	end
	for _, prop_key in ipairs (z.prop_keys_t) do
		table.insert (class_t, prop_key);										-- identify various properties for user css or javascript
	end

	return table.concat (class_t, ' ');											-- make a big string and done
end


--[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >--------------------------

Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on
the theme of et al.  If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and
the function returns the modified name and the flag.

This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because
it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated
|display-<names>=etal parameter

]]

local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param)

	if utilities.is_set (name) then												-- name can be nil in which case just return
		local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; 									-- get patterns from configuration
		
		for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do									-- loop through all of the patterns
			if name:match (pattern) then										-- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name
				name = name:gsub (pattern, '');									-- remove the offending text
				etal = true;													-- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal)
				if not nocat then												-- no categorization for |vauthors=
					utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param});				-- and set an error if not added
				end
			end
		end
	end

	return name, etal;
end


--[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >----------------------

Add maint cat when name parameter value does not contain letters.  Does not catch
mixed alphanumeric names so |last=A. Green (1922-1987) does not get caught in the
current version of this test but |first=(1888) is caught.

returns nothing

]]

local function name_is_numeric (name, list_name)
	if utilities.is_set (name) then
		if mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then								-- when name does not contain any letters
			utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);	-- add a maint cat for this template
		end
	end
end


--[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------

Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names.
Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped"
semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities.
If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category.

returns nothing

]]

local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
	local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps;
	if utilities.is_set (name) then
		_, commas = name:gsub (',', '');										-- count the number of commas
		_, semicolons = name:gsub (';', '');									-- count the number of semicolons
		-- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in
		-- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the
		-- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add
		-- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new
		-- entities
		_, nbsps = name:gsub ('&nbsp;','');										-- count nbsps
		
		-- There is exactly 1 semicolon per &nbsp; entity, so subtract nbsps
		-- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added,
		-- they also can be subtracted.
		if 1 < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then
			utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);	-- add a maint message
		end
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C >----------------------------------------------------------

Compares values assigned to various parameter according to the string provided as <item> in the function call:
	'generic_names': |last=, |first=, |editor-last=, etc value against list of known generic name patterns
	'generic_titles': |title=
Returns true when pattern matches; nil else

The k/v pairs in cfg.special_case_translation[item] each contain two tables, one for English and one for another
'local' language.Each of those tables contain another table that holds the string or pattern (whole or fragment)
in index [1]. index [2] is a Boolean that tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true)
or a pattern search (false).  The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so
that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles.

]]

local function is_generic (item, value)
	local test_val;

	for _, generic_value in ipairs (cfg.special_case_translation[item]) do		-- spin through the list of known generic value fragments
		test_val = generic_value['en'][2] and value:lower() or value;			-- when set to 'true', plaintext search using lowercase value

		if test_val:find (generic_value['en'][1], 1, generic_value['en'][2]) then
			return true;														-- found English generic value so done

		elseif generic_value['local'] then										-- to keep work load down, generic_<value>['local'] should be nil except when there is a local version of the generic value
			test_val = generic_value['local'][2] and mw.ustring.lower(value) or value;	-- when set to 'true', plaintext search using lowercase value

			if mw.ustring.find (test_val, generic_value['local'][1], 1, generic_value['local'][2]) then	-- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
				return true;													-- found local generic value so done
			end
		end
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ G E N E R I C >------------------------------------------------

calls is_generic() to determine if <name> is a 'generic name' listed in cfg.generic_names; <name_alias> is the
parameter name used in error messaging

]]

local function name_is_generic (name, name_alias)
	if not added_generic_name_errs  and is_generic ('generic_names', name) then
		utilities.set_message ('err_generic_name', name_alias);					-- set an error message
		added_generic_name_errs = true;
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------

This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters.

]]

local function name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias)
	local accept_name;

	if utilities.is_set (last) then
		last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last);				-- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last>

		if not accept_name then													-- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
			name_has_mult_names (last, list_name);								-- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
			name_is_numeric (last, list_name);									-- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation
			name_is_generic (last, last_alias);									-- check for names found in the generic names list
		end
	end

	if utilities.is_set (first) then
		first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first);			-- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first>

		if not accept_name then													-- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
			name_is_numeric (first, list_name);									-- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation
			name_is_generic (first, first_alias);								-- check for names found in the generic names list
		end
		local wl_type, D = utilities.is_wikilink (first);
		if 0 ~= wl_type then
			first = D;
			utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', first_alias);
		end
	end

	return last, first;															-- done
end


--[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >-------------------------

Gets name list from the input arguments

Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters
(or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching
when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts:
found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the
search is done.

This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching
|lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not
required to have a matching |firstn=.

When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.'
is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people()
to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps
'et al.' out of the template's metadata.  When this occurs, an error is emitted.

]]

local function extract_names(args, list_name)
	local names = {};															-- table of names
	local last;																	-- individual name components
	local first;
	local link;
	local mask;
	local i = 1;																-- loop counter/indexer
	local n = 1;																-- output table indexer
	local count = 0;															-- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
	local etal = false;															-- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter

	local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias;									-- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging
	while true do
		last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );		-- search through args for name components beginning at 1
		first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
		link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
		mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );

		last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias);				-- find and remove variations on et al.
		first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias);			-- find and remove variations on et al.
		last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias);						-- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks

		if first and not last then												-- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
			local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first';	-- get first or given form of the alias
			utilities.set_message ('err_first_missing_last', {
				first_alias,													-- param name of alias missing its mate
				first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}),	-- make param name appropriate to the alias form
				});																-- add this error message
		elseif not first and not last then										-- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
			count = count + 1;													-- number of times we haven't found last and first
			if 2 <= count then													-- two missing names and we give up
				break;															-- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
			end
		else																	-- we have last with or without a first
			local result;
			link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias);			-- check for improper wiki-markup

			if first then
				link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias);	-- check for improper wiki-markup
			end

			names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false};	-- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
			n = n + 1;															-- point to next location in the names table
			if 1 == count then													-- if the previous name was missing
				utilities.set_message ('err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1});	-- add this error message
			end
			count = 0;															-- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- point to next args location
	end
	
	return names, etal;															-- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ T A G _ G E T >------------------------------------------------------

attempt to decode |language=<lang_param> and return language name and matching tag; nil else.

This function looks for:
	<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.lang_code_remap{}
	<lang_param> as a name in cfg.lang_name_remap{}
	
	<lang_param> as a name in cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t
	<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t
when those fail, presume that <lang_param> is an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki does not recognize.  Strip all
script, region, variant, whatever subtags from <lang_param> to leave just a two or three character language tag
and look for the new <lang_param> in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t{}

on success, return name and matching tag; on failure return nil

]]

local function name_tag_get (lang_param)
	local lang_param_lc = mw.ustring.lower (lang_param);						-- use lowercase as an index into the various tables
	local name;
	local tag;

	name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang_param_lc];									-- assume <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get remapped language name 
	if name then																-- when <name>, <lang_param> is a tag for a remapped language name
		return name, lang_param;												-- so return <name> from remap and <lang_param>
	end

	tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*');								-- still assuming that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; strip script, region, variant subtags
	name = cfg.lang_code_remap[tag];											-- attempt to get remapped language name with language subtag only
	if name then																-- when <name>, <tag> is a tag for a remapped language name
		return name, tag;														-- so return <name> from remap and <tag>
	end

	if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc] then									-- not a tag, assume <lang_param_lc> is a name; attempt to get remapped language tag 
		return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][2];	-- for this <lang_param_lc>, return a (possibly) new name and appropriate tag
	end

	tag = cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t[lang_param_lc];							-- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a language name; attempt to get its matching tag
	
	if tag then
		return cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag], tag;								-- <lang_param_lc> is a name so return the name from the table and <tag>
	end

	name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[lang_param_lc];							-- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get its matching language name
	
	if name then
		return name, lang_param;												-- <lang_param_lc> is a tag so return <name> and the tag
	end
	
	tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*');								-- is <lang_param_lc> an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki doesn't recognize? <tag> gets the language subtag; nil else

	if tag then
		name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag];									-- attempt to get a language name using the shortened <tag>
		if name then
			return name, tag;													-- <lang_param_lc> is an unrecognized IETF-like tag so return <name> and language subtag
		end
	end
end


--[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------

Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code
is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that
was provided with the language parameter.

When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is
assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).
For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category
for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.

Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does
not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is
recognized but code 'ara' is not.

This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th
where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with
optional space characters.

]]

local function language_parameter (lang)
	local tag;																	-- some form of IETF-like language tag; language subtag with optional region, sript, vatiant, etc subtags
	local lang_subtag;															-- ve populates |language= with mostly unecessary region subtags the MediaWiki does not recognize; this is the base language subtag
	local name;																	-- the language name
	local language_list = {};													-- table of language names to be rendered
	local names_t = {};															-- table made from the value assigned to |language=

	local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code);	-- get this wiki's language name

	names_t = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*');									-- names should be a comma separated list

	for _, lang in ipairs (names_t) do											-- reuse lang here because we don't yet know if lang is a language name or a language tag
		name, tag = name_tag_get (lang);										-- attempt to get name/tag pair for <lang>

		if utilities.is_set (tag) then
			lang_subtag = tag:lower():gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1');			-- for categorization, strip any IETF-like tags from language tag

			if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= lang_subtag then							-- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
				if 2 == lang_subtag:len() then									-- and is a two-character tag
					utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source', {name, lang_subtag}, lang_subtag);		-- categorize it; tag appended to allow for multiple language categorization
				else															-- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character tag)
					utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source-2', {lang_subtag}, lang_subtag);			-- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character tag categories per cs1|2 template?
				end
			elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then								-- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled
				utilities.add_prop_cat ('local-lang-source', {name, lang_subtag});		-- categorize it
			end
		else
			name = lang;														-- return whatever <lang> has so that we show something
			utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang');						-- add maint category if not already added
		end
		
		table.insert (language_list, name);
		name = '';																-- so we can reuse it
	end
 
	name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list);
	if (1 == #language_list) and (lang_subtag == cfg.this_wiki_code) then		-- when only one language, find lang name in this wiki lang name; for |language=en-us, 'English' in 'American English'
		return '';																-- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
	end
	return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name));								-- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
	--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
	so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
	]]
end


--[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >--------------------------

Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode.
Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default.
In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'.
In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','.

]]

local function set_cs_style (postscript, mode)
	if utilities.is_set(postscript) then
		-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript
		-- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style
		if mode == 'cs1' and postscript == cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode] then
			utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
		end
	else
		postscript = cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode];
	end
	return cfg.presentation['sep_' .. mode], postscript;
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >-----------------------------

Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the
#invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none.

]]

local function set_style (mode, postscript, cite_class)
	local sep;
	if 'cs2' == mode then
		sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
	elseif 'cs1' == mode then
		sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
	elseif 'citation' == cite_class	then
		sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
	else
		sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
	end

	if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == 'none' then
		-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript
		-- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style
		if 'cs2' == mode or 'citation' == cite_class then
			utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
		end
		postscript = '';
	end
	
	return sep, postscript
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >-----------------------------------

Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions
used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links.

returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false

]=]

local function is_pdf (url)
	return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or
		url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or
		url:match ('%.PDF&#035') or url:match ('%.pdf&#035');
end


--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >-----------------------

Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message
if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter.  If the format parameter
is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document
by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.

]]

local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
	if utilities.is_set (format) then
		format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format);						-- add leading space, parentheses, resize
		if not utilities.is_set (url) then
			utilities.set_message ('err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param});	-- add an error message
		end
	elseif is_pdf (url) then													-- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then
		format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF');						-- set format to PDF
	else
		format = '';															-- empty string for concatenation
	end
	return format;
end


--[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------

Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor
name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.

When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero,
return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default
but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.').

When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number
that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.
This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'

In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.

inputs:
	max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
	count: #a or #e
	list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
	etal: author_etal or editor_etal

]]

local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal, param)
	if utilities.is_set (max) then
		if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then						-- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
			max = count + 1;													-- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
			etal = true;														-- overrides value set by extract_names()
		elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then											-- if is a string of numbers
			max = tonumber (max);												-- make it a number
			if max >= count then												-- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
				utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max});			-- add error message
				max = nil;
			end
		else																	-- not a valid keyword or number
			utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max});		-- add error message
			max = nil;															-- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
		end
	end
	
	return max, etal;
end


--[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >---------------

Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be
some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.

check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value:
	good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px
		      where x and X are letters and # is a digit
	bad pattern:  '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG

]]

local function extra_text_in_page_check (val, name)
	if not val:match (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then
		for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do		-- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
			if val:match (pattern) then											-- when a match, error so
				utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_pages', name);	 		-- add error message
				return;															-- and done
			end
		end
	end		
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------

Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator.

For |volume=:
	'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter
	content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so
	are allowed.

For |issue=:
	'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the
	parameter content (all case insensitive).
	
Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or
whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module.
	
<val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value
<name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message
<selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue=

sets error message on failure; returns nothing

]]

local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (val, name, selector)
	if not utilities.is_set (val) then
		return;
	end
	
	local patterns = 'v' == selector and cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vpatterns or cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.ipatterns;

	local handler = 'v' == selector and 'err_extra_text_volume' or 'err_extra_text_issue';
	val = val:lower();															-- force parameter value to lower case
	for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do										-- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
		if val:match (pattern) then												-- when a match, error so
			utilities.set_message (handler, name);								-- add error message
			return;																-- and done
		end
	end
end


--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------

split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter.  This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the
rendered citation and in the metadata.  Individual author names may be wikilinked

	|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))

]=]

local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
	local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*");						-- names are separated by commas
	local wl_type, label, link;													-- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder
	
	local i = 1;
	
	while name_table[i] do
		if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then						-- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses
			local name = name_table[i];
			i = i + 1;															-- bump indexer to next segment
			while name_table[i] do
				name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i];							-- concatenate with previous segments
				if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then						-- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses
					break;														-- and done reassembling so
				end
				i = i + 1;														-- bump indexer
			end
			table.insert (output_table, name);									-- and add corporate name to the output table
			table.insert (output_link_table, '');								-- no wikilink
		else
			wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]);		-- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
			table.insert (output_table, label);									-- add this name
			if 1 == wl_type then
				table.insert (output_link_table, label);						-- simple wikilink [[D]]
			else
				table.insert (output_link_table, link);							-- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
			end
		end
		i = i + 1;
	end	
	return output_table;
end


--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------

This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.

Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.

Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.

This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.

]]

local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
	local names = {};															-- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
	local v_name_table = {};
	local v_link_table = {};													-- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
	local etal = false;															-- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
	local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
	local corporate = false;

	vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true);							-- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
	v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table);		-- names are separated by commas

	for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
		first = '';																-- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
		local accept_name;
		v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name);			-- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name>

		if accept_name then
			last = v_name;
			corporate = true;													-- flag used in list_people()
		elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
			if v_name:find('[;%.]') then										-- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; 
				add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i);
			end
			local lastfirstTable = {}
			lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+")
			first = table.remove(lastfirstTable);								-- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix

			if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then						-- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters
				suffix = first;													-- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix
				first = table.remove(lastfirstTable);							-- get what should be the initials from the table
			end
			last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ')							-- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix
			if not utilities.is_set (last) then
				first = '';														-- unset
				last = v_name;													-- last empty because something wrong with first
				add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i);
			end
			if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
				add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma'], i);			-- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
			end
			if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then						-- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
				add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i);					-- matches a space between two initials
			end
		else
			last = v_name;														-- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
		end
		
		if utilities.is_set (first) then
			if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then						-- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
				add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i);					-- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
			end
			is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, i);							-- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
			if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
				first = first .. ' ' .. suffix;									-- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
				suffix = '';													-- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
			end
		else
			if not corporate then
				is_good_vanc_name (last, '', nil, i);
			end
		end

		link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
		mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
		names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate};		-- add this assembled name to our names list
	end
	return names, etal;															-- all done, return our list of names
end


--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------

Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.

Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest;
|editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn)

When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.

Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.

In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate.

]]

local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
	local lastfirst = false;
	if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or		-- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
		utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or		-- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
		utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
		utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
			lastfirst = true;
	end

	if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or					-- these are the three error conditions
		(utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or
		(true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then
			local err_name;
			if 'AuthorList' == list_name then									-- figure out which name should be used in error message
				err_name = 'author';
			else
				err_name = 'editor';
			end
			utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', err_name .. '-name-list parameters');	-- add error message
	end

	if true == lastfirst then return 1 end;										-- return a number indicating which author name source to use
	if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
	if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
	return 1;																	-- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last 
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------

This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val.  If the parameter value is one
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value
specified by ret_val.

TODO: explain <invert>

]]

local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val, invert)
	if not utilities.is_set (value) then
		return ret_val;															-- an empty parameter is ok
	end

	if (not invert and utilities.in_array (value, possible)) then				-- normal; <value> is in <possible> table
		return cfg.keywords_xlate[value];										-- return translation of parameter keyword
	elseif invert and not utilities.in_array (value, possible) then				-- invert; <value> is not in <possible> table
		return value;															-- return <value> as it is
	else
		utilities.set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {name, value});			-- not an allowed value so add error message
		return ret_val;
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------

This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
single space character.

]]

local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
	if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then					-- if already properly terminated
		return name_list;														-- just return the name list
	elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then	-- if last name in list ends with sepc char
		return name_list .. " ";												-- don't add another
	else
		return name_list .. sepc .. ' ';										-- otherwise terminate the name list
	end
end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------

returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.

]]
	
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
	if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) then
		return '';
	end

	-- same condition as in format_pages_sheets()
	local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);

	local is_numeric_vol = volume and (volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$'));	-- is only uppercase roman numerals or only digits?
	local is_long_vol = volume and (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume));				-- is |volume= value longer than 4 characters?
	
	if volume and (not is_numeric_vol and is_long_vol) then						-- when not all digits or Roman numerals, is |volume= longer than 4 characters?
		utilities.add_prop_cat ('long-vol');									-- yes, add properties cat
	end

	if is_journal then															-- journal-style formatting
		local vol = '';
		
		if utilities.is_set (volume) then
			if is_numeric_vol then												-- |volume= value all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals?
				vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume});	-- render in bold face
			elseif is_long_vol then												-- not all digits or Roman numerals; longer than 4 characters?
				vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)});	-- not bold
			else																-- four or fewer characters
				vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)});	-- bold
			end
		end
		if utilities.is_set (issue) then
			return vol .. utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
		end
		return vol;
	end
	
	if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then
		return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
	end

	-- all other types of citation
	if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then
		return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower);
	elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then
		return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower);
	else
		return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
	end
end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------

adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
The return order is:
	page, pages, sheet, sheets

Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.

]]

local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
	if 'map' == cite_class then													-- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
		if utilities.is_set (sheet) then
			if 'journal' == origin then
				return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
			else
				return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
			end
		elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then
			if 'journal' == origin then
				return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
			else
				return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
			end
		end
	end

	local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
	
	if utilities.is_set (page) then
		if is_journal then
			return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
		elseif not nopp then
			return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
		else
			return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
		end
	elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
		if is_journal then
			return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
		elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then							-- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
			return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
		elseif not nopp then
			return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
		else
			return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
		end
	end
	
	return '', '', '', '';														-- return empty strings
end


--[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >----------------------------------------------

returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at. 

If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text
for use in COinS.  This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span.  TODO: should it?  

TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline;

TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned
to a new name)?

]]

local function insource_loc_get (page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at)
	local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L;										-- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)

	if utilities.is_set (page) then
		if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then
			pages = '';															-- unset the others
			at = '';
		end
		extra_text_in_page_check (page, page_orig);								-- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.

		ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page);						-- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
		if ws_url then
			page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in page');	-- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
			page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page});
			coins_pages = ws_label;
		end
	elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
		if utilities.is_set (at) then
			at = '';															-- unset
		end
		extra_text_in_page_check (pages, pages_orig);							-- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.

		ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages);						-- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
		if ws_url then
			pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in pages');	-- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
			pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages});
			coins_pages = ws_label;
		end
	elseif utilities.is_set (at) then
		ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at);							-- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
		if ws_url then
			at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in at');	-- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
			at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at});
			coins_pages = ws_label;
		end
	end
	
	return page, pages, at, coins_pages;
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ U N I Q U E _ A R C H I V E _ U R L >------------------------------------

add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value

]]

local function is_unique_archive_url (archive, url, c_url, source, date)
	if utilities.is_set (archive) then
		if archive == url or archive == c_url then
			utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});	-- add error message
			return '', '';														-- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url=
		end
	end

	return archive, date;
end


--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------

Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the 
save snapshot URL or to calendar pages.  When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
unwitting readers to do.

When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.

This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
|archive-date= and an error message when:
	|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL
	|archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
		correct place
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=

There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs:
	//web.archive.org/<timestamp>...		-- the old form
	//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>...	-- the new form

The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag.  There are four identified flags
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.

This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified
archive URL:
	for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
	for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified
	for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)

]=]

local function archive_url_check (url, date)
	local err_msg = '';															-- start with the error message empty
	local path, timestamp, flag;												-- portions of the archive.org URL
	
	if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then		-- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL
		return url, date;														-- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
	end

	if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then								-- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page 
		err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save;
		url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1);				-- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
	elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
		err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb;
	else
		path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/');	-- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation
		if not path then														-- malformed in some way; pattern did not match
			err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
		elseif 14 ~= timestamp:len() then										-- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
			err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
			if '*' ~= flag then
				local replacement = timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d%d%d') or timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d');	-- get the first 6 (YYYYMM) or first 4 digits (YYYY)
				if replacement then												-- nil if there aren't at least 4 digits (year)
					replacement = replacement .. string.rep ('0', 14 - replacement:len());	-- year or yearmo (4 or 6 digits) zero-fill to make 14-digit timestamp
					url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*)%d[^/]*', '%1' .. replacement .. '*', 1)	-- for preview, modify ts to 14 digits plus splat for calendar display
				end
			end
		elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then					-- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element
			err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path;
		elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then		-- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element)
			err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
		elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then		-- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
			err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
		else
			return url, date;													-- return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
		end
	end
																				-- if here, something not right so
	utilities.set_message ('err_archive_url', {err_msg});						-- add error message and

	if is_preview_mode then
		return url, date;														-- preview mode so return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
	else
		return '', '';															-- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------------------

check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits.  This function added because
many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that)

returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits

]]

local function place_check (param_val)
	if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then									-- parameter empty or omitted
		return param_val;														-- return that empty state
	end
	
	if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then									-- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value
		utilities.set_message ('maint_location');								-- yep, add maint cat
	end
	
	return param_val;															-- and done
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >----------------------------------------------

compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else

]]

local function is_archived_copy (title)
	title = mw.ustring.lower(title);											-- switch title to lower case
	if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then			-- if title is 'Archived copy'
		return true;
	elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then
		if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then	-- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
			return true;
		end
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------

This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.

]]

local function citation0( config, args )
	--[[ 
	Load Input Parameters
	The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
	]]
	local A = argument_wrapper ( args );
	local i 

	-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
	-- define different field names for the same underlying things.	

	local author_etal;
	local a	= {};																-- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
	local Authors;
	local NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], '');
	local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];

	do																			-- to limit scope of selected
		local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
		if 1 == selected then
			a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList');				-- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
		elseif 2 == selected then
			NameListStyle = 'vanc';												-- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
			a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList');	-- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
		elseif 3 == selected then
			Authors = A['Authors'];												-- use content of |authors=
			if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then							-- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
				utilities.set_message ('maint_authors');						-- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
			end
		end
		if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
			author_etal = true;													-- so that |display-authors=etal not required
		end
	end

	local editor_etal;
	local e	= {};																-- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=

	do																			-- to limit scope of selected
		local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList');	-- support for |editors= withdrawn
		if 1 == selected then
			e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList');				-- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
		elseif 2 == selected then
			NameListStyle = 'vanc';												-- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
			e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList');	-- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
		end
	end
							
	local Chapter = A['Chapter'];												-- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases
	local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter');
	local Contribution;															-- because contribution is required for contributor(s)
		if 'contribution' == Chapter_origin then
			Contribution = Chapter;												-- get the name of the contribution
		end
	local c = {};																-- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
	
	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then	-- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
		c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList');							-- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
		
		if 0 < #c then
			if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then							-- |contributor= requires |contribution=
				utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution');	-- add missing contribution error message
				c = {};															-- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
			end
			if 0 == #a then														-- |contributor= requires |author=
				utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author');	-- add missing author error message
				c = {};															-- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
			end
		end
	else																		-- if not a book cite
		if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then	-- are there contributor name list parameters?
			utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_ignored');					-- add contributor ignored error message
		end
		Contribution = nil;														-- unset
	end

	local Title = A['Title'];
	local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];

	local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto
	local accept_link;
	TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written (TitleLink, true);	-- test for accept-this-as-written markup
	if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords
		auto_select = TitleLink;												-- remember selection for later
		TitleLink = '';															-- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty
	end

	TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title');	-- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set

	local Section = '';															-- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used
	if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == Chapter_origin then
		Section = A['Chapter'];													-- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}}
		Chapter = '';															-- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present
	end

	local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
	local Periodical_origin = '';
	if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
		Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical');								-- get the name of the periodical parameter
		local i;
		Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical);			-- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated 
		if i then																-- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
			utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin});
		end
	end

	if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then								-- special case for {{cite mailing list}}
		if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then	-- both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar?
			utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')});
		end

		Periodical = A ['MailingList'];											-- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}}
		Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList');
	end

	local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical'];

	-- web and news not tested for now because of 
	-- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors?
	if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then	-- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter
	--	local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'};	-- for error message
		local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'};			-- for error message
		if p[config.CitationClass]  then
			utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]});
		end
	end
	
	local Volume;
	local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical');
	if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
		if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
			if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'website', 'mailinglist'}) then	-- {{citation}} does not render volume for these 'periodicals' --TODO: move 'array' to ~/Configuration
				Volume = A['Volume'];											-- but does for all other 'periodicals'
			end
		elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
			if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then					-- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website=
				Volume = A['Volume'];											-- but does for all other 'periodicals'
			end
		else
			Volume = A['Volume'];												-- and does for non-'periodical' cites
		end
	elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then	-- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings
		Volume = A['Volume'];
	end	
	extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), 'v');	

	local Issue;
	if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
		if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'work'}) or	-- {{citation}} renders issue for these 'periodicals'--TODO: move 'array' to ~/Configuration
			utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) and utilities.in_array (ScriptPeriodical_origin, {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-work'}) then -- and these 'script-periodicals'
				Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
		end
	elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then	-- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table
		if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then
			Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
		end
	end
	extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), 'i');	

	local Page;
	local Pages;
	local At;
	if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
		Page = A['Page'];
		Pages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);	
		At = A['At'];
	end

	local Edition = A['Edition'];
	local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace'));
	local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place'));
	
	local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
	local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName');
	if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
		local i = 0;
		PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName);	-- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized
		if i then																-- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
			utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin});
		end
	end

	local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup'];											-- TODO: strip apostrophe markup?
	local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup');	

	if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
		if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then								-- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup
			utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin});
		end

		PublisherName = nil;													-- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS
	end

	local URL = A['URL'];														-- TODO: better way to do this for URL, ChapterURL, and MapURL?
	local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
	
	if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then
		UrlAccess = nil;
		utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', 'url');
	end
	
	local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
	local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
	if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then
		ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
		utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')});
	end

	local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
	if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then
		MapUrlAccess = nil;
		utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'});
	end

	local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle();								-- also used for COinS and for language
	local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);

	-- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
	if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then								-- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
		if utilities.in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
			no_tracking_cats = "true";											-- set no_tracking_cats
		end
		for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do						-- cycle through page name patterns
			if this_page.text:match (v) then									-- test page name against each pattern
				no_tracking_cats = "true";										-- set no_tracking_cats
				break;															-- bail out if one is found
			end
		end
	end
																				-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
	utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters');	-- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category

	local coins_pages;
	
	Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, A:ORIGIN('Page'), Pages, A:ORIGIN('Pages'), At);

	local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);

	if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then	-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
		utilities.add_prop_cat ('location-test');								-- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together
		if PublicationPlace == Place then
			Place = '';															-- unset; don't need both if they are the same
		end
	elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then	-- when only |place= (|location=) is set ...
		PublicationPlace = Place;												-- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
	end

	if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end							-- don't need both if they are the same
	
	local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL');											-- get name of parameter that holds URL
	local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL');							-- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
	local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
	local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter');
	local Format = A['Format'];
	local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
	local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
	local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter');
	local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
	local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
	
	--[[
	Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
	When the citation has these parameters:
		|encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=
		|encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title=

		|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped
		|url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped
	
	All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified
	
	]]

	local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];										-- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS

	if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then										-- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}}
		if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then
			utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')});
			Encyclopedia = nil;													-- unset because not supported by this template
		end
	end

	if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
		if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then	-- when both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar?
			utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin)});
		end

		if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then
			Periodical = Encyclopedia;											-- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia; allow periodical without encyclopedia
			Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia');
		end

		if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then									-- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia= is set
			if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then
				if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
					Chapter = Title;											-- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=
					ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
					ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle')
					TransChapter = TransTitle;
					ChapterURL = URL;
					ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;

					ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;

					if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then
						Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
					end
					Title = Periodical;
					ChapterFormat = Format;
					Periodical = '';											-- redundant so unset
					TransTitle = '';
					URL = '';
					Format = '';
					TitleLink = '';
					ScriptTitle = '';
				end
			elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) or utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then								-- |title= not set
				Title = Periodical;												-- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title=
				Periodical = '';												-- redundant so unset
			end
		end
	end

	-- special case for cite techreport.
	local ID = A['ID'];
	if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then								-- special case for cite techreport
		if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then									-- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
			if not utilities.is_set (ID) then									-- can we use ID for the "number"?
				ID = A['Number'];												-- yes, use it
			else																-- ID has a value so emit error message
				utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')});
			end
		end	
	end

	-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
	local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink'];									-- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
	local Conference = A['Conference'];
	local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
	local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle');
	if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
		if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then
			Chapter = Title;
			Chapter_origin = 'title';
	--		ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- |chapter-link= is deprecated
			ChapterURL = URL;
			ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
			ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
			URL_origin = '';
			ChapterFormat = Format;
			TransChapter = TransTitle;
			TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin;
			Title = BookTitle;
			Format = '';
	--		TitleLink = '';
			TransTitle = '';
			URL = '';
		end
	elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
		Conference = '';														-- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
	end
	
	-- CS1/2 mode
	local Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], '');
	-- separator character and postscript
	local sepc, PostScript = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], config.CitationClass);
	-- controls capitalization of certain static text
	local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' );
	
	-- cite map oddities
	local Cartography = "";
	local Scale = "";
	local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
	local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
	if config.CitationClass == "map" then
		if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then										--TODO: make a function for this and similar?
			utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)});	-- add error message
		end
		Chapter = A['Map'];
		Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map');
		ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
		ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
		TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
		ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap']
		ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap')

		ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess;
		ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];

		Cartography = A['Cartography'];
		if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then
			Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
		end		
		Scale = A['Scale'];
		if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then
			Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
		end
	end

	-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
	local Series = A['Series'];
	if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
		local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];

		SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series');	-- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set

		local Network = A['Network'];
		local Station = A['Station'];
		local s, n = {}, {};
																				-- do common parameters first
		if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
		if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
		ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
		
		if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then								-- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
			local Season = A['Season'];
			local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];

			if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then	-- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set TODO: make a function for this and similar?
				utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')});		-- add error message
				SeriesNumber = '';												-- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
			end
																				-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
			if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
			if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
			if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
			Issue = '';															-- unset because this is not a unique parameter
	
			Chapter = Title;													-- promote title parameters to chapter
			ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
			ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle');
			ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- alias |episode-link=
			TransChapter = TransTitle;
			ChapterURL = URL;
			ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
			ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
			
			Title = Series;														-- promote series to title
			TitleLink = SeriesLink;
			Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' ');								-- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number

			if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then	-- link but not URL
				Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
			elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then	-- if both are set, URL links episode;
				Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
			end
			URL = '';															-- unset
			TransTitle = '';
			ScriptTitle = '';
			
		else																	-- now oddities that are cite serial
			Issue = '';															-- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
			Chapter = A['Episode'];												-- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
			if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then
				Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
			end
			Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series);				-- series is italicized
		end	
	end
	-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff

	-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
	local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
	local Degree = A['Degree'];
	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'AV-media-notes', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'podcast', 'pressrelease', 'report', 'speech', 'techreport', 'thesis'}) then
		TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
		if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then				-- special case for cite thesis
			TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
		end
	end

	if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then										-- if type parameter is specified
		TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType);	-- display it in parentheses
	-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
	end

	-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
	local Date = A['Date'];
 	local Date_origin;															-- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
	local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
	local Year = A['Year'];

	if not utilities.is_set (Date) then
		Date = Year;															-- promote Year to Date
		Year = nil;																-- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
		if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then	-- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
			Date = PublicationDate;												-- promote PublicationDate to Date
			PublicationDate = '';												-- unset, no longer needed
			Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate');							-- save the name of the promoted parameter
		else
			Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year');										-- save the name of the promoted parameter
		end
	else
		Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date');											-- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
	end

	if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end					-- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation

	--[[
	Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
	we get the date used in the metadata.
	
	Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
	]]

	local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], '');
	if not utilities.is_set (DF) then
		DF = cfg.global_df;														-- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template
	end

	local ArchiveURL;
	local ArchiveDate;
	local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];

	ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
	ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
	
	ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url (ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), ArchiveDate);		-- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL

	
	local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
	local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
	local COinS_date = {};														-- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
	local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
	local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
	local anchor_year;															-- used in the CITEREF identifier
	do	-- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
		local error_message = '';
																				-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
		local date_parameters_list = {
			['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
			['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
			['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin},
			['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
			['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
			['lay-date'] = {val = LayDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')},
			['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
			['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
			};

		local error_list = {};
		anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list);

-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
		if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then
			utilities.add_prop_cat ('jul-greg-uncertainty');
		end
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization

		if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then				-- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; 
			validation.year_date_check (Year, A:ORIGIN ('Year'), Date, A:ORIGIN ('Date'), error_list);
		end
		
		if 0 == #error_list then												-- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty
			local modified = false;												-- flag
			
			if utilities.is_set (DF) then										-- if we need to reformat dates
				modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF);	-- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
			end

			if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then	-- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
				modified = true;
				utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format');					-- hyphens were converted so add maint category
			end
			
	-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language; not supported at en.wiki
			if cfg.date_name_auto_xlate_enable and validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, cfg.date_digit_auto_xlate_enable ) then
				utilities.set_message ('maint_date_auto_xlated');				-- add maint cat
				modified = true;
			end

			if modified then													-- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
				AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val;			-- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
				ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val;
				Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val;
				DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val;
				LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'].val;
				PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
			end
		else
			utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)});	-- add this error message
		end
	end	-- end of do

	local ID_list = {};															-- sequence table of rendered identifiers
	local ID_list_coins = {};													-- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key
	local Class = A['Class'];													-- arxiv class identifier
	
	local ID_support = {
		{A['ASINTLD'], 'ASIN', 'err_asintld_missing_asin', A:ORIGIN ('ASINTLD')},				
		{DoiBroken, 'DOI', 'err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
		{Embargo, 'PMC', 'err_embargo_missing_pmc', A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
		}

	ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'], Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class}, ID_support);

	-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then
		if not utilities.is_set (ID_list_coins[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then 	-- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
			utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing');	-- add error message
		end

		Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass];
	end

	-- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free

	if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead
		if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then						-- if auto-linking not disabled
 	 		if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then						-- manual selection
		 		URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select];					-- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link
 				URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1];	-- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
			elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then						-- auto-select PMC
				URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'];						-- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
				URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1];				-- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
			elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then						-- auto-select DOI
				URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'];
				URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1];
			end
 	 	end

		if utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then		-- access date requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
			utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url');				-- add an error message
			AccessDate = '';													-- unset
		end
	end

	-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
	-- Test if citation has no title
	if	not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then	-- has special case for cite episode
		utilities.set_message ('err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'});
	end

	if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and
			utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and
			(utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and
			('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then	-- special case for journal cites
				Title = '';														-- set title to empty string
				utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled');						-- add maint cat
	end

	-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
	-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
	-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
	-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap 
	
	local coins_chapter = Chapter;												-- default assuming that remapping not required
	local coins_title = Title;													-- et tu
	if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
		if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then		-- if all are used then
			coins_chapter = Title;												-- remap
			coins_title = Periodical;
		end
	end
	local coins_author = a;														-- default for coins rft.au 
	if 0 < #c then																-- but if contributor list
		coins_author = c;														-- use that instead
	end
	
	local QuotePage = A['QuotePage'];
	local QuotePages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']);

	-- this is the function call to COinS()
	local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({
		['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical),		-- no markup in the metadata
		['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,										-- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS
		['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter),	-- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
		['Degree'] = Degree;													-- cite thesis only
		['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle),		-- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
		['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
		['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate,											-- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
		['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
		['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter,
		['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '',	-- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
		['Series'] = Series,
		['Volume'] = Volume,
		['Issue'] = Issue,
		['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)),	-- pages stripped of external links
		['Edition'] = Edition,
		['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup,							-- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName
		['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
		['Authors'] = coins_author,
		['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins,
		['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
	}, config.CitationClass);

	-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then	-- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed
		Periodical = '';														-- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
	end

	-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
	if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then
		PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil ));
	end

	local Editors;
	local EditorCount;															-- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
	local Contributors;															-- assembled contributors name list
	local contributor_etal;
	local Translators;															-- assembled translators name list
	local translator_etal;
	local t = {};																-- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
	t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList');									-- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
	local Interviewers;															
	local interviewers_list = {};					
	interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList');				-- process preferred interviewers parameters
	local interviewer_etal;
	
	-- Now perform various field substitutions.
	-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
	-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
	do
		local last_first_list;
		local control = { 
			format = NameListStyle,												-- empty string or 'vanc'
			maximum = nil,														-- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
			mode = Mode
		};

		do																		-- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
			control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayEditors'));
			Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal);

			if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then		-- only one editor displayed but includes etal then 
				EditorCount = 2;												-- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
			end
		end
		do																		-- now do interviewers
			control.maximum, interviewer_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayInterviewers'], #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayInterviewers'));
			Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal);
		end
		do																		-- now do translators
			control.maximum, translator_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayTranslators'], #t, 'translators', translator_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayTranslators'));
			Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal);
		end
		do																		-- now do contributors
			control.maximum, contributor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayContributors'], #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayContributors'));
			Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal);
		end
		do																		-- now do authors
			control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayAuthors'));

			last_first_list = list_people (control, a, author_etal);

			if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
				Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors');	-- find and remove variations on et al.
				if author_etal then
					Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];			-- add et al. to authors parameter
				end
			else
				Authors = last_first_list;										-- either an author name list or an empty string
			end
		end																		-- end of do
	
		if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
			Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')';					-- add collaboration after et al.
		end

	end

	local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
	local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
	ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
	Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');

	-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
	if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
			ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
	end

	if not utilities.is_set (URL) then
		if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or		-- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
			('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then	-- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website=
				utilities.set_message ('err_cite_web_url');
		end
		
		-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
		if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then		-- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
			utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url');
			AccessDate = '';
		end
	end

	local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], '');
	local OriginalURL
	local OriginalURL_origin
	local OriginalFormat
	local OriginalAccess;
	UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower();												-- used later when assembling archived text
	if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then
		if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then 									-- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it
			OriginalURL = ChapterURL;											-- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
			OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin;								-- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages
			OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat;										-- and original |chapter-format=

			if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then
				ChapterURL = ArchiveURL											-- swap-in the archive's URL
				ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')						-- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages
				ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or '';							-- swap in archive's format
				ChapterUrlAccess = nil;											-- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
			end
		elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then
			OriginalURL = URL;													-- save copy of original source URL
			OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin;									-- name of URL parameter for error messages
			OriginalFormat = Format; 											-- and original |format=
			OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;

			if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then											-- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it
				URL = ArchiveURL												-- swap-in the archive's URL
				URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')								-- name of archive URL parameter for error messages
				Format = ArchiveFormat or '';									-- swap in archive's format
				UrlAccess = nil;												-- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
			end
		end
	elseif utilities.is_set (UrlStatus) then									-- if |url-status= is set when |archive-url= is not set
 		utilities.set_message ('maint_url_status');								-- add maint cat
	end

	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or	-- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
			local chap_param;
			if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then									-- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
			elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
			elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
			elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then
				chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin;
			else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat)
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
			end

			if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then								-- if we found one
				utilities.set_message ('err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param});	-- add error message
				Chapter = '';													-- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
				TransChapter = '';
				ChapterURL = '';
				ScriptChapter = '';
				ChapterFormat = '';
			end
	else																		-- otherwise, format chapter / article title
		local no_quotes = false;												-- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
		if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then						-- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
			if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then	-- and a generic contribution title
				no_quotes = true;												-- then render it unquoted
			end
		end

		Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess);		-- Contribution is also in Chapter
		if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
			Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
			if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then
				Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType;							-- map annotation here; not after title
			end
			Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' ';
		elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then							-- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
			Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';								-- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
		end
	end

	-- Format main title
	local plain_title = false;
	local accept_title;
	Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true);		-- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title>
	if accept_title and ('' == Title) then										-- only support forced empty for now "(())"
		Title = cfg.messages['notitle'];										-- replace by predefined "No title" message
			-- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...);	-- issue proper error message instead of muting	 
			ScriptTitle = '';													-- just mute for now	 
			TransTitle = '';													-- just mute for now
 		plain_title = true;														-- suppress text decoration for descriptive title
		utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled');								-- add maint cat
	end

	if not accept_title then													-- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
		if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then											-- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title=
			Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1');							-- limit the number of dots to three
		elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and					-- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
			not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then						-- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
				Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', '');			-- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
		end

		if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then
			utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy');						-- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
		end

		if is_generic ('generic_titles', Title) then
			utilities.set_message ('err_generic_title');						-- set an error message
		end
	end

	if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
		('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then		-- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
			Title = kern_quotes (Title);										-- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
			Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
			Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title');	-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
			TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
	elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then				-- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above)
		Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title');		-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
		TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );	-- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
	else
		Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
		Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title');		-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
		TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
	end

	if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then
		if utilities.is_set (Title) then
			TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
		else
			utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'title'});
		end
	end

	if utilities.is_set (Title) then											-- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs?
		if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
			utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url');						-- set an error message because we can't have both
			TitleLink = '';														-- unset
		end
	
		if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
			Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. Format;
			URL = '';															-- unset these because no longer needed
			Format = "";
		elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then
			local ws_url;
			ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink);							-- ignore ws_label return; not used here
			if ws_url then
				Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title-link');	-- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
				Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title});				
				Title = Title .. TransTitle;
			else
				Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle;
			end
		else
			local ws_url, ws_label, L;											-- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink)
			ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1'));	-- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label
			if ws_url then
				Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label);							-- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup
				Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title');	-- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
				Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title});				
				Title = Title .. TransTitle;
			else
				Title = Title .. TransTitle;
			end
		end
	else
		Title = TransTitle;
	end

	if utilities.is_set (Place) then
		Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
	end

	local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
	if utilities.is_set (Conference) then
		if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
			Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
		end
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
	elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
	end

	local Position = '';
	if not utilities.is_set (Position) then
		local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
		local Time = A['Time'];

		if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then
			if utilities.is_set (Time) then		--TODO: make a function for this and similar?
				utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')});
			end
			Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
		else
			if utilities.is_set (Time) then
				local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
				if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then
					TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
					if sepc ~= '.' then
						TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
					end
				end
				Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
			end
		end
	else
		Position = " " .. Position;
		At = '';
	end

	Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);

	At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
	Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
	if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
		local Sections = A['Sections'];											-- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier
		local Inset = A['Inset'];
		
		if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then
			Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
		end			

		if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then
			Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
		elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then
			Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
		end
		At = At .. Inset .. Section;		
	end	

	local Others = A['Others'];
	if utilities.is_set (Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then					-- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor=
		if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes"
		or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then							-- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now
			utilities.set_message ('maint_others_avm')
		else
			utilities.set_message ('maint_others');
		end
	end
	Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
	
	if utilities.is_set (Translators) then
		Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
	end
	if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then
		Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
	end
	
	local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
	TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
	if utilities.is_set (Edition) then
		if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn.
			utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_edition');					 -- add error message
		end
		Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
	else
		Edition = '';
	end

	Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or "";	-- not the same as SeriesNum
	local Agency = A['Agency'];
	Agency = utilities.is_set (Agency) and wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}) or "";
	Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);

	if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then
		local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']

		AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate);									-- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
		if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end				-- if mode is cs2, lower case
		AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate);				-- add retrieved text

		AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate});	-- allow editors to hide accessdates
	end
	
	if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end
	
	local Docket = A['Docket'];
   	if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then
		ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID;
	end
   	if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then		-- for cite report when |docket= is set
		ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket;												-- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
	end

	if utilities.is_set (URL) then
		URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess );
	end

	local Quote = A['Quote'];
	local TransQuote = A['TransQuote'];
	local ScriptQuote = A['ScriptQuote'];
	if utilities.is_set (Quote) or utilities.is_set (TransQuote) or utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then

		if utilities.is_set (Quote) then
			if Quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then			-- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
				Quote = Quote:sub(2, -2);										-- strip them off
			end
		end

		Quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote );					-- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
	
		if utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
			Quote = script_concatenate (Quote, ScriptQuote, 'script-quote');	-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped
		end

		if utilities.is_set (TransQuote) then
			if TransQuote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and TransQuote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks
				TransQuote = TransQuote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
			end
			Quote = Quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransQuote );
		end

		if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) or utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then	-- add page prefix
			local quote_prefix = '';
			if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) then
				extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePage, 'quote-page');				-- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
				if not NoPP then
					quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
				else
					quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
				end
			elseif utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then
				extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePages, 'quote-pages');			-- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
				if tonumber(QuotePages) ~= nil and not NoPP then				-- if only digits, assume single page
					quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
				elseif not NoPP then
					quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
				else
					quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
				end
			end
                        
			Quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. Quote;
		else
			Quote = sepc .. " " .. Quote;
		end

		PostScript = "";														-- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
	end
	
	-- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by
	-- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't
	-- a displayed postscript.
	-- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable?
	-- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern?
	if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then
		utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript')
	end
	
	local Archived;
	if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
		local arch_text;
		if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
			utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date');
			ArchiveDate = '';													-- empty string for concatenation
		end
		if "live" == UrlStatus then
			arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
				Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'],
					{external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
			else
				Archived = '';
			end
			if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then
				utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');
				Archived = '';													-- empty string for concatenation
			end
		elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then								-- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'
			if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
				arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit'];
				if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
				Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate;				-- format already styled
				if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then
					utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown');				-- and add a category if not already added
				else
					utilities.set_message ('maint_unfit');						-- and add a category if not already added
				end
			else																-- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead'
				arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
				if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
				if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
					Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,
						{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } );	-- format already styled
				else
					Archived = '';												-- unset for concatenation
				end
			end	
		else																	-- OriginalUrl not set
			arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');
			Archived = '';														-- empty string for concatenation
		end
	elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
		Archived = ArchiveFormat;												-- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
	else
		Archived = '';
	end
	
	local Lay = '';
	local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
	local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
	local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
	LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
	if utilities.is_set (LayURL) then
		if utilities.is_set (LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
		if utilities.is_set (LaySource) then 
			LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. utilities.safe_for_italics (LaySource) .. "''";
		else
			LaySource = "";
		end
		if sepc == '.' then
			Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
		else
			Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
		end			
	elseif utilities.is_set (LayFormat) then									-- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
		Lay = sepc .. LayFormat;												-- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
	end

	local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
	local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
	TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
	local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
	local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
	if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then
		if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
			Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
		end
		Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
	elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
		Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
	end

	local Publisher;
	if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then
		PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
	end
	if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
		if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
			Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
		else
			Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;  
		end			
	elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then 
		Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
	else 
		Publisher = PublicationDate;
	end
	
	local TransPeriodical =  A['TransPeriodical'];
	local TransPeriodical_origin =  A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical');
	-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
	if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then
		if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then 
			Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
		else 
			Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
		end
	end
	
	local Language = A['Language'];
	if utilities.is_set (Language) then
		Language = language_parameter (Language);								-- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc.
	else
		Language='';															-- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
	--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
	so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
	]]
	end

	--[[
	Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
	the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
	]]
	if "speech" == config.CitationClass then									-- cite speech only
		TitleNote = TitleType;													-- move TitleType to TitleNote so that it renders ahead of |event=
		TitleType = '';															-- and unset

		if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then									-- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter 
			if utilities.is_set (Conference) then								-- and if |event= is set
				Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " ";							-- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
			end
		end
	end

	-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
	-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
	-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.

	local tcommon;
	local tcommon2;																-- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
	
	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
		if utilities.is_set (Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end		-- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here?
		tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
	elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then		-- special cases for book cites
		if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then									-- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc.
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc );					-- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
			tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
		else
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
		end

	elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then									-- special cases for cite map
		if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then										-- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
		elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then								-- map in a periodical
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
		else																	-- a sheet or stand-alone map
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
		end
		
	elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then								-- special case for cite episode
		tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );

	else																		-- all other CS1 templates
		tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, 
			Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
	end
	
	if #ID_list > 0 then
		ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
	else
		ID_list = ID;
	end
	
	local Via = A['Via'];
	Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and  wrap_msg ('via', Via) or '';
	local idcommon;
	if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then	-- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript
		idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
	else
		idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
	end
	
	local text;
	local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;

	local OrigDate = A['OrigDate'];
	OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or '';
	if utilities.is_set (Date) then
		if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then		-- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
			Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " ";				-- in parentheses
		else																	-- neither of authors and editors set
			if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then						-- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
				Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate;									-- Date does not begin with sepc
			else
				Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate;							-- Date begins with sepc
			end
		end
	end	
	if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
		if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then									-- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
			Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc);						-- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
		end
		if utilities.is_set (Editors) then
			local in_text = " ";
			local post_text = "";
			if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then
				in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
				if (sepc ~= '.') then
					in_text = in_text:lower()									-- lowercase for cs2
				end
			end
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")";				-- be consistent with no-author, no-date case
			else
				post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")";
			end
			Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc);	-- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
		end
		if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then									-- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc.
			local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
			if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end					-- lowercase for cs2
			Authors = by_text .. Authors;										-- author follows title so tweak it here
			if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then		-- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
				Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc);					-- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
			end
			if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then								-- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
				Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc);		-- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
			end
			text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
		else
			text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
		end
	elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then
		if utilities.is_set (Date) then
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
			else
				Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
			end
		else
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			else
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			end
		end
		text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
	else
		if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
			text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
		else
			text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
		end
	end
	
	if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
		text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); 								-- Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
		text = text:sub(1, -sepc:len() - 1);
	end	
	
	text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );

	-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element
	local options_t = {};
	options_t.class = cite_class_attribute_make (config.CitationClass, Mode);

	local Ref = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Ref'], A:ORIGIN('Ref'), cfg.keywords_lists['ref'], nil, true);	-- nil when |ref=harv; A['Ref'] else

	if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[(Ref and Ref:lower()) or ''] then
		local namelist_t = {};													-- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
		local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2);						-- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation

		if #c > 0 then															-- if there is a contributor list
			namelist_t = c;														-- select it
		elseif #a > 0 then														-- or an author list
			namelist_t = a;
		elseif #e > 0 then														-- or an editor list
			namelist_t = e;
		end
		local citeref_id;
		if #namelist_t > 0 then													-- if there are names in namelist_t
			citeref_id = make_citeref_id (namelist_t, year);					-- go make the CITEREF anchor
			if mw.uri.anchorEncode (citeref_id) == ((Ref and mw.uri.anchorEncode (Ref)) or '') then	-- Ref may already be encoded (by {{sfnref}}) so citeref_id must be encoded before comparison
				utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_duplicates_default');
			end
		else
			citeref_id = '';													-- unset
		end
		options_t.id = Ref or citeref_id;
	end

	if string.len (text:gsub('%b<>', '')) <= 2 then								-- remove html and html-like tags; then get length of what remains; 
		z.error_cats_t = {};													-- blank the categories list
		z.error_msgs_t = {};													-- blank the error messages list
		OCinSoutput = nil;														-- blank the metadata string
		text = '';																-- blank the the citation
		utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation');							-- set empty citation message and category
	end
	
	local render_t = {};														-- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation

	if utilities.is_set (options_t.id) then										-- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
		table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options_t.id), mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text}));	-- when |ref= is set or when there is a namelist
	else
		table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text}));	-- when |ref=none or when namelist_t empty and |ref= is missing or is empty
	end		

	if OCinSoutput then															-- blanked when citation is 'empty' so don't bother to add boilerplate metadata span
		table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], OCinSoutput));	-- format and append metadata to the citation
	end

	local template_name = ('citation' == config.CitationClass) and 'citation' or 'cite ' .. (cfg.citation_class_map_t[config.CitationClass] or config.CitationClass);
	local template_link = '[[Template:' .. template_name .. '|' .. template_name .. ']]';	-- TODO: if kept, these require some sort of i18n
	local msg_prefix = '<code class="cs1-code">{{' .. template_link .. '}}</code>: ';

	if 0 ~= #z.error_msgs_t then
		mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_e, template_link));

		table.insert (render_t, ' ');											-- insert a space between citation and its error messages
		table.sort (z.error_msgs_t);											-- sort the error messages list; sorting includes wrapping <span> and <code> tags; hidden-error sorts ahead of visible-error

		local hidden = true;													-- presume that the only error messages emited by this template are hidden
		for _, v in ipairs (z.error_msgs_t) do									-- spin through the list of error messages
			if v:find ('cs1-visible-error', 1, true) then						-- look for the visible error class name
				hidden = false;													-- found one; so don't hide the error message prefix
				break;															-- and done because no need to look further
			end
		end

		z.error_msgs_t[1] = table.concat ({utilities.error_comment (msg_prefix, hidden), z.error_msgs_t[1]});	-- add error message prefix to first error message to prevent extraneous punctuation
		table.insert (render_t, table.concat (z.error_msgs_t, '; '));			-- make a big string of error messages and add it to the rendering
	end

	if 0 ~= #z.maint_cats_t then
		mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_m, template_link));

		table.sort (z.maint_cats_t);											-- sort the maintenance messages list

		local maint_msgs_t = {};												-- here we collect all of the maint messages

		if 0 == #z.error_msgs_t then											-- if no error messages
			table.insert (maint_msgs_t, msg_prefix);							-- insert message prefix in maint message livery
		end
		
		for _, v in ipairs( z.maint_cats_t ) do									-- append maintenance categories
			table.insert (maint_msgs_t, 										-- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs_t table
				table.concat ({v, ' (', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], v), ')'})
				);
		end
		table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs_t, ' ')));	-- wrap the group of maint messages with proper presentation and save
	end

	if not no_tracking_cats then
		for _, v in ipairs (z.error_cats_t) do									-- append error categories
			table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v));
		end
		for _, v in ipairs (z.maint_cats_t) do									-- append maintenance categories
			table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v));
		end
		for _, v in ipairs (z.prop_cats_t) do									-- append properties categories
			table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v));
		end
	end

	return table.concat (render_t);												-- make a big string and done
end


--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------

Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.

Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
	true - active, supported parameters
	false - deprecated, supported parameters
	nil - unsupported parameters
	
]]

local function validate (name, cite_class, empty)
	local name = tostring (name);
	local enum_name;															-- for enumerated parameters, is name with enumerator replaced with '#'
	local state;
	local function state_test (state, name)										-- local function to do testing of state values
		if true == state then return true; end									-- valid actively supported parameter
		if false == state then
			if empty then return nil; end										-- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns
			deprecated_parameter (name);										-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
			return true;
		end
		if 'tracked' == state then
			local base_name = name:gsub ('%d', '');								-- strip enumerators from parameter names that have them to get the base name
			utilities.add_prop_cat ('tracked-param', {base_name}, base_name);	-- add a properties category; <base_name> modifies <key>
			return true;
		end
		return nil;
	end		

	if name:find ('#') then														-- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted
		return nil;
	end

	if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list ) then	-- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
		state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name];
		if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

		state = whitelist.preprint_arguments[cite_class][name];					-- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
		if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

																				-- limited enumerated parameters list
		enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" );										-- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
		state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[enum_name];
		if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

		return false;															-- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
	end																			-- end limited parameter-set templates

	if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list) then 	-- experiment for template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list
		state = whitelist.unique_arguments[cite_class][name];					-- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class
		if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
	end																			-- if here, fall into general validation
		
	state = whitelist.basic_arguments[name];									-- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed
	if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

																				-- all enumerated parameters allowed
	enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" );											-- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
	state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[enum_name];
	if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

	return false;																-- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end


--[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------

check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup.  <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code.  when these values have the form (without leading colon):
	[[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text
	[[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text

return value as is else

]=]

local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value)
	local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):');									-- get an interwiki prefix if one exists
	local _;
	
	if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then						-- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so
		utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter);					-- emit an error message
		_, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value);							-- extract label portion from wikilink
	end
	return value;
end


--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------

Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
parameter that is missing its pipe.  There are two tests made:
	{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}}	-- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name
	{{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}}			-- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki)
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives XML/HTML
tags are removed before the search.

If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.

]]

local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value)
	local capture;
	value = value:gsub ('%b<>', '');											-- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc.

	capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=');	-- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
	if capture and validate (capture) then										-- if the capture is a valid parameter name
		utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter);
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >--------------------------------------

look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked

]]

local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value)
	if 'number' == type (param) then
		return;
	end
	
	param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#');											-- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize 
	if cfg.punct_skip[param] then
		return;																	-- parameter name found in the skip table so done
	end
	
	if value:match ('[,;:]$') then
		utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct');							-- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
	end
	if value:match ('^=') then													-- sometimes an extraneous '=' character appears ...
		utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct');							-- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ U R L >------------------------------------------

look for extraneous url parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked

]]

local function has_extraneous_url (url_param_t)
	local url_error_t = {};
	
	check_for_url (url_param_t, url_error_t);									-- extraneous url check
	if 0 ~= #url_error_t then													-- non-zero when there are errors
		table.sort (url_error_t);
		utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_ext_link', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)});	-- add this error message
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >--------------------------------------------------------------

This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.

]]

local function citation(frame)
	Frame = frame;																-- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode
	is_sandbox = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true);
	local pframe = frame:getParent()
	local styles;
	
	if is_sandbox then															-- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
		cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox');		-- load sandbox versions of support modules
		whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
		utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox');
		validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');
		identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox');
		metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox');
		styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css';
		
	else																		-- otherwise
		cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration');				-- load live versions of support modules
		whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
		utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
		validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');
		identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
		metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
		styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css';
	end

	utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg);										-- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables
	identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities);							-- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
	validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities);							-- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
	metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities);								-- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module

	z = utilities.z;															-- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

	is_preview_mode = not utilities.is_set (frame:preprocess ('{{REVISIONID}}'));

	local args = {};															-- table where we store all of the template's arguments
	local suggestions = {};														-- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
	local error_text;															-- used as a flag

	local config = {};															-- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
	for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do											-- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame
		config[k] = v;
	--	args[k] = v;															-- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep?
	end	

	local capture;																-- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
	local empty_unknowns = {};													-- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing
	for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do											-- get parameters from the parent (template) frame
		v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1');							-- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string
		if v ~= '' then
			if ('string' == type (k)) then
				k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits);		-- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
			end
			if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then			
				if type (k) ~= 'string' then									-- exclude empty numbered parameters
					if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
						error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_text_ignored', {v});
					end
				elseif validate (k:lower(), config.CitationClass) then 
					error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()});	-- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
				else
					if nil == suggestions.suggestions then						-- if this table is nil then we need to load it
						if is_sandbox then										-- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
							suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' );	-- use the sandbox version
						else
							suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' );			-- use the live version
						end
					end
					for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do		-- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
						capture = k:match (pattern);							-- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match
						if capture then											-- if the pattern matches 
							param = utilities.substitute (param, capture);		-- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
							if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then		-- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
								error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param});	-- set the suggestion error message
							else
								error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k});	-- suggested param not supported by this template
								v = '';											-- unset
							end
						end
					end
					if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then					-- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion?						
						if (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil) and validate (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ], config.CitationClass) then
							utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]});
						else
							utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k});
							v = '';												-- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
						end
					end
				end				  
			end

			args[k] = v;														-- save this parameter and its value

		elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then									-- for empty parameters
			if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then				-- is this empty parameter a valid parameter
				k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k;						-- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text
				table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k));	-- format for error message and add to the list
			end
																				-- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep?
	--	elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then						-- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that)
	--		args[k] = v;														-- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here
		end																		-- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact?
	end	

	if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then												-- create empty unknown error message
		utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', {
			1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's',
			utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns)
			});
	end

	local url_param_t = {};

	for k, v in pairs( args ) do
		if 'string' == type (k) then											-- don't evaluate positional parameters
			has_invisible_chars (k, v);											-- look for invisible characters
		end
		has_extraneous_punc (k, v);												-- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values
		missing_pipe_check (k, v);												-- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
		args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v);										-- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label

		if 'string' == type (k) and not cfg.url_skip[k] then					-- when parameter k is not positional and not in url skip table
			url_param_t[k] = v;													-- make a parameter/value list for extraneous url check
		end
	end

	has_extraneous_url (url_param_t);											-- look for url in parameter values where a url does not belong

	return table.concat ({
		frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles}),
		citation0( config, args)
	});
end


--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D   F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
]]

return {citation = citation};